From: Gurusamy Sarathy <gsar@cpan.org>
Date: Wed, 19 Jan 2000 05:25:43 +0000 (+0000)
Subject: regen win32/config*
X-Git-Url: http://git.shadowcat.co.uk/gitweb/gitweb.cgi?a=commitdiff_plain;h=3635cd84fed55c19340154dd67365b31f440d029;p=p5sagit%2Fp5-mst-13.2.git

regen win32/config*

p4raw-id: //depot/perl@4817
---

diff --git a/Configure b/Configure
index 6618d9e..ba58770 100755
--- a/Configure
+++ b/Configure
@@ -4689,7 +4689,7 @@ $echo $n " patchlevel $patchlevel" $c
 test 0 -eq "$subversion" || $echo $n " subversion $subversion" $c
 echo ".)"
 case "$osname" in
-dos|cygwin|vms|win32)
+dos|vms)
 	: XXX Should be a Configure test for double-dots in filenames.
 	version=`echo $baserev $patchlevel $subversion | \
 		 $awk '{ printf "%d_%d_%d\n", $1, $2, $3 }'`
diff --git a/win32/config.bc b/win32/config.bc
index 8dba78c..137347e 100644
--- a/win32/config.bc
+++ b/win32/config.bc
@@ -19,9 +19,10 @@ afs='false'
 alignbytes='8'
 ansi2knr=''
 aphostname=''
-apirevision='~PERL_API_REVISION~'
-apisubversion='~PERL_API_SUBVERSION~'
-apiversion='~PERL_API_VERSION~'
+api_revision='~PERL_API_REVISION~'
+api_subversion='~PERL_API_SUBVERSION~'
+api_version='~PERL_API_VERSION~'
+api_versionstring='~PERL_API_REVISION~.~PERL_API_VERSION~.~PERL_API_SUBVERSION~'
 ar='tlib /P128'
 archlib='~INST_TOP~~INST_VER~\lib~INST_ARCH~'
 archlibexp='~INST_TOP~~INST_VER~\lib~INST_ARCH~'
@@ -308,8 +309,11 @@ d_strerrm='strerror(e)'
 d_strerror='define'
 d_strtod='define'
 d_strtol='define'
+d_strtold='undef'
+d_strtoll='undef'
 d_strtoul='define'
 d_strtoull='undef'
+d_strtouq='undef'
 d_strxfrm='define'
 d_suidsafe='undef'
 d_symlink='undef'
@@ -467,6 +471,7 @@ i_varargs='undef'
 i_varhdr='varargs.h'
 i_vfork='undef'
 ignore_versioned_solibs=''
+inc_version_list=''
 incpath=''
 inews=''
 installarchlib='~INST_TOP~~INST_VER~\lib~INST_ARCH~'
diff --git a/win32/config.gc b/win32/config.gc
index 556ba2b..abfc288 100644
--- a/win32/config.gc
+++ b/win32/config.gc
@@ -19,9 +19,10 @@ afs='false'
 alignbytes='8'
 ansi2knr=''
 aphostname=''
-apirevision='~PERL_API_REVISION~'
-apisubversion='~PERL_API_SUBVERSION~'
-apiversion='~PERL_API_VERSION~'
+api_revision='~PERL_API_REVISION~'
+api_subversion='~PERL_API_SUBVERSION~'
+api_version='~PERL_API_VERSION~'
+api_versionstring='~PERL_API_REVISION~.~PERL_API_VERSION~.~PERL_API_SUBVERSION~'
 ar='ar'
 archlib='~INST_TOP~~INST_VER~\lib~INST_ARCH~'
 archlibexp='~INST_TOP~~INST_VER~\lib~INST_ARCH~'
@@ -308,8 +309,11 @@ d_strerrm='strerror(e)'
 d_strerror='define'
 d_strtod='define'
 d_strtol='define'
+d_strtold='undef'
+d_strtoll='undef'
 d_strtoul='define'
 d_strtoull='undef'
+d_strtouq='undef'
 d_strxfrm='define'
 d_suidsafe='undef'
 d_symlink='undef'
@@ -467,6 +471,7 @@ i_varargs='undef'
 i_varhdr='varargs.h'
 i_vfork='undef'
 ignore_versioned_solibs=''
+inc_version_list=''
 incpath=''
 inews=''
 installarchlib='~INST_TOP~~INST_VER~\lib~INST_ARCH~'
diff --git a/win32/config.vc b/win32/config.vc
index 0e37b3c..729beb8 100644
--- a/win32/config.vc
+++ b/win32/config.vc
@@ -19,9 +19,10 @@ afs='false'
 alignbytes='8'
 ansi2knr=''
 aphostname=''
-apirevision='~PERL_API_REVISION~'
-apisubversion='~PERL_API_SUBVERSION~'
-apiversion='~PERL_API_VERSION~'
+api_revision='~PERL_API_REVISION~'
+api_subversion='~PERL_API_SUBVERSION~'
+api_version='~PERL_API_VERSION~'
+api_versionstring='~PERL_API_REVISION~.~PERL_API_VERSION~.~PERL_API_SUBVERSION~'
 ar='lib'
 archlib='~INST_TOP~~INST_VER~\lib~INST_ARCH~'
 archlibexp='~INST_TOP~~INST_VER~\lib~INST_ARCH~'
@@ -308,8 +309,11 @@ d_strerrm='strerror(e)'
 d_strerror='define'
 d_strtod='define'
 d_strtol='define'
+d_strtold='undef'
+d_strtoll='undef'
 d_strtoul='define'
 d_strtoull='undef'
+d_strtouq='undef'
 d_strxfrm='define'
 d_suidsafe='undef'
 d_symlink='undef'
@@ -467,6 +471,7 @@ i_varargs='undef'
 i_varhdr='varargs.h'
 i_vfork='undef'
 ignore_versioned_solibs=''
+inc_version_list=''
 incpath=''
 inews=''
 installarchlib='~INST_TOP~~INST_VER~\lib~INST_ARCH~'
diff --git a/win32/config_H.bc b/win32/config_H.bc
index e1e06b3..399111f 100644
--- a/win32/config_H.bc
+++ b/win32/config_H.bc
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
 /*
  * Package name      : perl5
  * Source directory  : 
- * Configuration time: Sun Jan  9 15:13:13 2000
+ * Configuration time: Tue Jan 18 21:01:00 2000
  * Configured by     : gsar
  * Target system     : 
  */
@@ -1051,6 +1051,13 @@
  */
 /*#define   I_SYS_SECURITY	/**/
 
+/* OSNAME:
+ *	This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined
+ *	by Configure.  You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
+ *	feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
+ */
+#define OSNAME "MSWin32"		/**/
+
 /* MEM_ALIGNBYTES:
  *	This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a
  *	double. Usual values are 2, 4 and 8. The default is eight,
@@ -1062,6 +1069,61 @@
 #define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8
 #endif
 
+/* ARCHLIB:
+ *	This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in
+ *	which the user wants to put architecture-dependent public
+ *	library files for perl5.  It is most often a local directory
+ *	such as /usr/local/lib.  Programs using this variable must be
+ *	prepared to deal with filename expansion.  If ARCHLIB is the
+ *	same as PRIVLIB, it is not defined, since presumably the
+ *	program already searches PRIVLIB.
+ */
+/* ARCHLIB_EXP:
+ *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of ARCHLIB, to be used
+ *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+#define ARCHLIB "c:\\perl\\5.5.640\\lib\\MSWin32-x86"		/**/
+/*#define ARCHLIB_EXP ""	/**/
+
+/* ARCHNAME:
+ *	This symbol holds a string representing the architecture name.
+ *	It may be used to construct an architecture-dependant pathname
+ *	where library files may be held under a private library, for
+ *	instance.
+ */
+#define ARCHNAME "MSWin32-x86"		/**/
+
+/* HAS_ATOLF:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atolf routine is
+ *	available to convert strings into long doubles.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ATOLF		/**/
+
+/* HAS_ATOLL:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atoll routine is
+ *	available to convert strings into long longs.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ATOLL		/**/
+
+/* BIN:
+ *	This symbol holds the path of the bin directory where the package will
+ *	be installed. Program must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution.
+ */
+/* BIN_EXP:
+ *	This symbol is the filename expanded version of the BIN symbol, for
+ *	programs that do not want to deal with that at run-time.
+ */
+#define BIN "c:\\perl\\5.5.640\\bin\\MSWin32-x86"	/**/
+#define BIN_EXP "c:\\perl\\5.5.640\\bin\\MSWin32-x86"	/**/
+
+/* PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl 5.006 should be
+ *	binary-compatible with Perl 5.005.  This is impossible for builds
+ *	that use features like threads and multiplicity it is always undef
+ *	for those versions.
+ */
+/*#define PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005			/**/
+
 /* BYTEORDER:
  *	This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder,
  *	i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321, etc...
@@ -1105,6 +1167,58 @@
 #define BYTEORDER 0x1234	/* large digits for MSB */
 #endif /* NeXT */
 
+/* CAT2:
+ *	This macro catenates 2 tokens together.
+ */
+/* STRINGIFY:
+ *	This macro surrounds its token with double quotes.
+ */
+#if 42 == 1
+#define CAT2(a,b)a/**/b
+#define STRINGIFY(a)"a"
+		/* If you can get stringification with catify, tell me how! */
+#endif
+#if 42 == 42
+#define CAT2(a,b)a ## b
+#define StGiFy(a)# a
+#define STRINGIFY(a)StGiFy(a)
+#endif
+#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42
+#include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor catenate tokens?"
+#endif
+
+/* CPPSTDIN:
+ *	This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke
+ *	the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
+ *	output.	 Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also
+ *	call a wrapper. See CPPRUN.
+ */
+/* CPPMINUS:
+ *	This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke
+ *	the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
+ *	output.  This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus
+ *	to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "".
+ */
+/* CPPRUN:
+ *	This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on
+ *	the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end
+ *	with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified.
+ *	The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a
+ *	pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is
+ *	available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from
+ *	the preprocessor used to compile the C program.
+ */
+#define CPPSTDIN "cpp32 -oCON"
+#define CPPMINUS ""
+#define CPPRUN "cpp32 -oCON"
+
+/* HAS_ACCESS:
+ *	This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access()
+ *	system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID.
+ *	(always present on UNIX.)
+ */
+#define HAS_ACCESS		/**/
+
 /* CASTI32:
  *	This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative
  *	or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints.
@@ -1132,12 +1246,104 @@
  */
 /*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR		/**/
 
+/* HAS_CSH:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists.
+ */
+/* CSH:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_CSH		/**/
+#ifdef HAS_CSH
+#define CSH ""	/**/
+#endif
+
+/* DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that we need to prepend an
+ *	underscore to the symbol name before calling dlsym().  This only
+ *	makes sense if you *have* dlsym, which we will presume is the
+ *	case if you're using dl_dlopen.xs.
+ */
+/*#define 	DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE 	/**/
+
+/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
+ *	a prototype for the drand48() function.  Otherwise, it is up
+ *	to the program to supply one.  A good guess is
+ *		extern double drand48 _((void));
+ */
+/*#define	HAS_DRAND48_PROTO	/**/
+
+/* HAS_ENDGRENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
+ *	available for finalizing sequential access of the group database.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT		/**/
+
+/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is
+ *	available to close whatever was being used for host queries.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT		/**/
+
+/* HAS_ENDNETENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is
+ *	available to close whatever was being used for network queries.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT		/**/
+
+/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is
+ *	available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT		/**/
+
+/* HAS_ENDPWENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
+ *	available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT		/**/
+
+/* HAS_ENDSERVENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is
+ *	available to close whatever was being used for service queries.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT		/**/
+
+/* HAS_ENDSPENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endspent system call is
+ *	available to finalize the scan of SysV shadow password entries.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDSPENT		/**/
+
 /* HAS_FD_SET:
  *	This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef
  *	in <sys/types.h>
  */
 #define HAS_FD_SET	/**/
 
+/* HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct fs_data
+ *	to do statfs() is supported.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA	/**/
+
+/* HAS_FSEEKO:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fseeko routine is
+ *	available to fseek beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts).
+ */
+/*#define HAS_FSEEKO		/**/
+
+/* HAS_FSTATFS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatfs routine is
+ *	available to stat filesystems by file descriptors.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_FSTATFS		/**/
+/* HAS_FTELLO:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ftello routine is
+ *	available to ftell beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts).
+ */
+/*#define HAS_FTELLO		/**/
+
 /* Gconvert:
  *	This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point
  *	number to a string without a trailing decimal point.  This
@@ -1155,1102 +1361,619 @@
  */
 #define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) gcvt((x),(n),(b))
 
-/* HAS_GNULIBC:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that 
- *	the GNU C library is being used.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GNULIBC  	/**/
-/* HAS_ISASCII:
- *	This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii 
- *	is available.
+/* HAS_GETGRENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
+ *	available for sequential access of the group database.
  */
-#define HAS_ISASCII		/**/
+/*#define HAS_GETGRENT		/**/
 
-/* HAS_LCHOWN:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is
- *	available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the
- *	link).
+/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is
+ *	available to look up hosts by their IP addresses.
  */
-/*#define HAS_LCHOWN		/**/
+#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR		/**/
 
-/* HAS_OPEN3:
- *	This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three
- *	argument form of open(2) is available.
+/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is
+ *	available to look up host names in some data base or other.
  */
-/*#define HAS_OPEN3		/**/
+#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME		/**/
 
-/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available
- *	to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Otherwise you should
- *	probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your
- *	own version.
+/* HAS_GETHOSTENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is
+ *	available to look up host names in some data base or another.
  */
-/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY	/**/
+/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT		/**/
 
-/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available
- *	to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Otherwise you should
- *	probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your
- *	own version.
+/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
+ *	gethostname() routine to derive the host name.  See also HAS_UNAME
+ *	and PHOSTNAME.
  */
-/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY	/**/
-
-/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available
- *	and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high
- *	bits set.  If it is not defined, roll your own version.
+/* HAS_UNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
+ *	uname() routine to derive the host name.  See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
+ *	and PHOSTNAME.
  */
-#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP	/**/
+/* PHOSTNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the
+ *	popen() routine to derive the host name.  See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
+ *	and HAS_UNAME.	Note that the command uses a fully qualified path,
+ *	so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user
+ *	privileges.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME	/**/
+#define HAS_UNAME		/**/
+#undef HAS_PHOSTNAME
+#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME
+#define PHOSTNAME ""	/* How to get the host name */
+#endif
 
-/* HAS_SIGACTION:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine
- *	is available.
+/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ *	prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and
+ *	gethostbyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
  */
-/*#define HAS_SIGACTION	/**/
+#define	HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS	/**/
 
-/* HAS_SIGSETJMP:
- *	This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp()
- *	routine is available to save the calling process's registers
- *	and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and
- *	to optionally save the process's signal mask.  See
- *	Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp.
+/* HAS_GETMNT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmnt routine is
+ *	available to get filesystem mount info by filename.
  */
-/* Sigjmp_buf:
- *	This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp.
+/*#define HAS_GETMNT		/**/
+
+/* HAS_GETMNTENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmntent routine is
+ *	available to iterate through mounted file systems to get their info.
  */
-/* Sigsetjmp:
- *	This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke
- *	traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available.
- *	See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
+/*#define HAS_GETMNTENT		/**/
+
+/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is
+ *	available to look up networks by their IP addresses.
  */
-/* Siglongjmp:
- *	This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke
- *	traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available.
- *	See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
+/*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR		/**/
+
+/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is
+ *	available to look up networks by their names.
  */
-/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP	/**/
-#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP
-#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf
-#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask))
-#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval))
-#else
-#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf
-#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf))
-#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval))
-#endif
+/*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME		/**/
 
-/* USE_STDIO_PTR:
- *	This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar)
- *	of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer
- *	for a file handle.  If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp)
- *	and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used
- *	to access these fields.
+/* HAS_GETNETENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is
+ *	available to look up network names in some data base or another.
  */
-/* FILE_ptr:
- *	This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the
- *	FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
- *	defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
+/*#define HAS_GETNETENT		/**/
+
+/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ *	prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and
+ *	getnetbyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
  */
-/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE:
- *	This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an
- *	lvalue.
+/*#define	HAS_GETNET_PROTOS	/**/
+
+/* HAS_GETPROTOENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is
+ *	available to look up protocols in some data base or another.
  */
-/* FILE_cnt:
- *	This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the
- *	FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
- *	defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
+/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT		/**/
+
+/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname()
+ *	routine is available to look up protocols by their name.
  */
-/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE:
- *	This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an
- *	lvalue.
+/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber()
+ *	routine is available to look up protocols by their number.
  */
-#define USE_STDIO_PTR 	/**/
-#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR
-#define FILE_ptr(fp)	((fp)->curp)
-#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE 		/**/
-#define FILE_cnt(fp)	((fp)->level)
-#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE 		/**/
-#endif
+#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME		/**/
+#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER		/**/
 
-/* USE_STDIO_BASE:
- *	This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the
- *	stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for
- *	a file handle.  If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro
- *	will also be defined and should be used to access this field.
- *	Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used
- *	to determine the number of bytes in the buffer.  USE_STDIO_BASE
- *	will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is.
- */
-/* FILE_base:
- *	This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the
- *	FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
- *	defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
+/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ *	prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and
+ *	getprotobyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
  */
-/* FILE_bufsiz:
- *	This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O
- *	buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE
- *	structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined
- *	if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
+#define	HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS	/**/
+
+/* HAS_GETPWENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is
+ *	available for sequential access of the passwd database.
+ *	If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available.
  */
-#define USE_STDIO_BASE 	/**/
-#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE
-#define FILE_base(fp)	((fp)->buffer)
-#define FILE_bufsiz(fp)	((fp)->level + (fp)->curp - (fp)->buffer)
-#endif
+/*#define HAS_GETPWENT		/**/
 
-/* HAS_VPRINTF:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available
- *	to printf with a pointer to an argument list.  If unavailable, you
- *	may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt().
+/* HAS_GETSERVENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is
+ *	available to look up network services in some data base or another.
  */
-/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF:
- *	This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type
- *	(char*).  The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()".  It
- *	is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the
- *	symbol.
+/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT		/**/
+
+/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ *	prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and
+ *	getservbyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
  */
-#define HAS_VPRINTF	/**/
-/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF 	/**/
+#define	HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS	/**/
 
-/* DOUBLESIZE:
- *	This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor
- *	can make decisions based on it.
+/* HAS_GETSPENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspent system call is
+ *	available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries sequentially.
  */
-#define DOUBLESIZE 8		/**/
+/*#define HAS_GETSPENT		/**/
 
-/* I_TIME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- *	include <time.h>.
+/* HAS_GETSPNAM:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam system call is
+ *	available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries by name.
  */
-/* I_SYS_TIME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- *	include <sys/time.h>.
+/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM		/**/
+
+/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname()
+ *	routine is available to look up services by their name.
  */
-/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- *	include <sys/time.h> with KERNEL defined.
+/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport()
+ *	routine is available to look up services by their port.
  */
-#define I_TIME		/**/
-/*#define I_SYS_TIME		/**/
-/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL		/**/
+#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME		/**/
+#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT		/**/
 
-/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK:
- *	This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on
- *	non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way
- *	back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to
- *	alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the
- *	ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices.
+/* HAS_GNULIBC:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that 
+ *	the GNU C library is being used.
  */
-/* VAL_EAGAIN:
- *	This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was
- *	present on the non-blocking file descriptor.
+/*#define HAS_GNULIBC  	/**/
+/* HAS_HASMNTOPT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the hasmntopt routine is
+ *	available to query the mount options of file systems.
  */
-/* RD_NODATA:
- *	This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present
- *	on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is
- *	not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by
- *	issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure!
+/*#define HAS_HASMNTOPT		/**/
+
+/* HAS_HTONL:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and
+ *	friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
+ *	order byte swapping.
  */
-/* EOF_NONBLOCK:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on
- *	a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value
- *	held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!).
+/* HAS_HTONS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and
+ *	friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
+ *	order byte swapping.
  */
-#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK
-#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN
-#define RD_NODATA -1
-#define EOF_NONBLOCK
+/* HAS_NTOHL:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and
+ *	friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network
+ *	order byte swapping.
+ */
+/* HAS_NTOHS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and
+ *	friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network
+ *	order byte swapping.
+ */
+#define HAS_HTONL		/**/
+#define HAS_HTONS		/**/
+#define HAS_NTOHL		/**/
+#define HAS_NTOHS		/**/
 
-/* PTRSIZE:
- *	This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor
- *	can make decisions based on it.  It will be sizeof(void *) if
- *	the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be
- *	sizeof(char *).
+/* HAS_ISASCII:
+ *	This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii 
+ *	is available.
  */
-#define PTRSIZE 4		/**/
+#define HAS_ISASCII		/**/
 
-/* Drand01:
- *	This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed
- *	random numbers over the range [0., 1.[.  You may have to supply
- *	an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3
- *	doesn't provide you with anything relevant in it's headers.
- *	See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO.
+/* HAS_LCHOWN:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is
+ *	available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the
+ *	link).
  */
-/* Rand_seed_t:
- *	This symbol defines the type of the argument of the
- *	random seed function.
+/*#define HAS_LCHOWN		/**/
+
+/* HAS_LDBL_DIG:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's <float.h>
+ *	or <limits.h> defines the symbol LDBL_DIG, which is the number
+ *	of significant digits in a long double precision number. Unlike
+ *	for DBL_DIG, there's no good guess for LDBL_DIG if it is undefined.
  */
-/* seedDrand01:
- *	This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the
- *	random number generator (see Drand01).
+#define HAS_LDBL_DIG 	/**/
+
+/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE:
+ *	This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long
+ *	doubles.
  */
-/* RANDBITS:
- *	This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the
- *	function used to generate normalized random numbers.
- *	Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48.
+/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE:
+ *	This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the 
+ *	C preprocessor can make decisions based on it.  It is only
+ *	defined if the system supports long doubles.
  */
-#define Drand01()		(rand()/(double)((unsigned)1<<RANDBITS))		/**/
-#define Rand_seed_t		unsigned		/**/
-#define seedDrand01(x)	srand((Rand_seed_t)x)	/**/
-#define RANDBITS		15		/**/
+#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE		/**/
+#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
+#define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 10		/**/
+#endif
 
-/* SSize_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used by functions that return
- *	a count of bytes or an error condition.  It must be a signed type.
- *	It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc.
- *	It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> or <unistd.h>
- *	to get any typedef'ed information.
- *	We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t).
+/* HAS_LONG_LONG:
+ *	This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long.
  */
-#define SSize_t int	 /* signed count of bytes */
-
-/* EBCDIC:
- *     This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses
- *	EBCDIC encoding.
+/* LONGLONGSIZE:
+ *	This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the 
+ *	C preprocessor can make decisions based on it.  It is only
+ *	defined if the system supports long long.
  */
-/*#define	EBCDIC 		/**/
+/*#define HAS_LONG_LONG		/**/
+#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG
+#define LONGLONGSIZE 8		/**/
+#endif
 
-/* ARCHLIB:
- *	This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in
- *	which the user wants to put architecture-dependent public
- *	library files for perl5.  It is most often a local directory
- *	such as /usr/local/lib.  Programs using this variable must be
- *	prepared to deal with filename expansion.  If ARCHLIB is the
- *	same as PRIVLIB, it is not defined, since presumably the
- *	program already searches PRIVLIB.
+/* HAS_MEMCHR:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available
+ *	to locate characters within a C string.
  */
-/* ARCHLIB_EXP:
- *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of ARCHLIB, to be used
- *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+#define HAS_MEMCHR	/**/
+
+/* HAS_MSG:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is
+ *	supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues).
  */
-#define ARCHLIB "c:\\perl\\5.5.640\\lib\\MSWin32-x86"		/**/
-/*#define ARCHLIB_EXP ""	/**/
+/*#define HAS_MSG		/**/
 
-/* BIN:
- *	This symbol holds the path of the bin directory where the package will
- *	be installed. Program must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution.
+/* HAS_OPEN3:
+ *	This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three
+ *	argument form of open(2) is available.
  */
-/* BIN_EXP:
- *	This symbol is the filename expanded version of the BIN symbol, for
- *	programs that do not want to deal with that at run-time.
+/*#define HAS_OPEN3		/**/
+
+/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread
+ *	in joinable (aka undetached) state.  NOTE: not defined
+ *	if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE
+ *	(the new version of the constant).
+ *	If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED
+ *	and __UNDETACHED.
  */
-#define BIN "c:\\perl\\5.5.640\\bin\\MSWin32-x86"	/**/
-#define BIN_EXP "c:\\perl\\5.5.640\\bin\\MSWin32-x86"	/**/
+/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE  /**/
 
-/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed
- * 	also as /usr/bin/perl.
+/* HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_yield 
+ *	routine is available to yield the execution of the current
+ *	thread.	 sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield.
+ */
+/* SCHED_YIELD:
+ *	This symbol defines the way to yield the execution of
+ *	the current thread.  Known ways are sched_yield,
+ *	pthread_yield, and pthread_yield with NULL.
+ */
+/* HAS_SCHED_YIELD:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sched_yield
+ *	routine is available to yield the execution of the current
+ *	thread.	 sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield.
  */
-/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL	/**/
+/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD	/**/
+#define SCHED_YIELD		/**/
+/*#define HAS_SCHED_YIELD	/**/
 
-/* PRIVLIB:
- *	This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
- *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
- *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.  The program
- *	should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
+/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available
+ *	to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Otherwise you should
+ *	probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your
+ *	own version.
  */
-/* PRIVLIB_EXP:
- *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used
- *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY	/**/
+
+/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available
+ *	to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Otherwise you should
+ *	probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your
+ *	own version.
  */
-#define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\5.5.640\\lib"		/**/
-#define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib("5.5.640"))	/**/
+/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY	/**/
 
-/* SITEARCH:
- *	This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
- *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
- *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.  The program
- *	should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
- *	The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
- *	After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
- *	architecture-dependent modules in this directory with
- *		MakeMaker Makefile.PL
- *	or equivalent.  See INSTALL for details.
+/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available
+ *	and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high
+ *	bits set.  If it is not defined, roll your own version.
  */
-/* SITEARCH_EXP:
- *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used
- *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP	/**/
+
+/* HAS_SEM:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is
+ *	supported.
  */
-#define SITEARCH "c:\\perl\\site\\5.5.640\\lib\\MSWin32-x86"		/**/
-/*#define SITEARCH_EXP ""	/**/
+/*#define HAS_SEM		/**/
 
-/* SITELIB:
- *	This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
- *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
- *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.  The program
- *	should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
- *	The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
- *	After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
- *	architecture-independent modules in this directory with
- *		MakeMaker Makefile.PL
- *	or equivalent.  See INSTALL for details.
+/* HAS_SETGRENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is
+ *	available for initializing sequential access of the group database.
  */
-/* SITELIB_EXP:
- *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used
- *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+/*#define HAS_SETGRENT		/**/
+
+/* HAS_SETGROUPS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgroups() routine is
+ *	available to set the list of process groups.  If unavailable, multiple
+ *	groups are probably not supported.
  */
-#define SITELIB "c:\\perl\\site\\5.5.640\\lib"		/**/
-#define SITELIB_EXP (win32_get_sitelib("5.5.640"))	/**/
+/*#define HAS_SETGROUPS		/**/
 
-/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP:
- *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used
- *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+/* HAS_SETHOSTENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is
+ *	available.
  */
-/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP ""		/**/
+/*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT		/**/
 
-/* OSNAME:
- *	This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined
- *	by Configure.  You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
- *	feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
+/* HAS_SETNETENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is
+ *	available.
  */
-#define OSNAME "MSWin32"		/**/
+/*#define HAS_SETNETENT		/**/
 
-/* CAT2:
- *	This macro catenates 2 tokens together.
+/* HAS_SETPROTOENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is
+ *	available.
  */
-/* STRINGIFY:
- *	This macro surrounds its token with double quotes.
+/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT		/**/
+
+/* HAS_SETPWENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is
+ *	available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database.
  */
-#if 42 == 1
-#define CAT2(a,b)a/**/b
-#define STRINGIFY(a)"a"
-		/* If you can get stringification with catify, tell me how! */
-#endif
-#if 42 == 42
-#define CAT2(a,b)a ## b
-#define StGiFy(a)# a
-#define STRINGIFY(a)StGiFy(a)
-#endif
-#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42
-#include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor catenate tokens?"
-#endif
+/*#define HAS_SETPWENT		/**/
 
-/* CPPSTDIN:
- *	This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke
- *	the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
- *	output.	 Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also
- *	call a wrapper. See CPPRUN.
- */
-/* CPPMINUS:
- *	This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke
- *	the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
- *	output.  This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus
- *	to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "".
- */
-/* CPPRUN:
- *	This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on
- *	the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end
- *	with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified.
- *	The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a
- *	pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is
- *	available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from
- *	the preprocessor used to compile the C program.
- */
-/* CPPLAST:
- *	This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner
- *	symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "".
+/* HAS_SETSERVENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is
+ *	available.
  */
-#define CPPSTDIN "cpp32 -oCON"
-#define CPPMINUS ""
-#define CPPRUN "cpp32 -oCON"
-#define CPPLAST ""
+/*#define HAS_SETSERVENT		/**/
 
-/* HAS_ACCESS:
- *	This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access()
- *	system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID.
- *	(always present on UNIX.)
+/* HAS_SETSPENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setspent system call is
+ *	available to initialize the scan of SysV shadow password entries.
  */
-#define HAS_ACCESS		/**/
+/*#define HAS_SETSPENT		/**/
 
-/* HAS_CSH:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists.
- */
-/* CSH:
- *	This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh.
+/* HAS_SETVBUF:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is
+ *	available to change buffering on an open stdio stream.
+ *	to a line-buffered mode.
  */
-/*#define HAS_CSH		/**/
-#ifdef HAS_CSH
-#define CSH ""	/**/
-#endif
+#define HAS_SETVBUF		/**/
 
-/* HAS_ENDGRENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
- *	available for finalizing sequential access of the group database.
+/* USE_SFIO:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that sfio should
+ *	be used.
  */
-/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT		/**/
+/*#define	USE_SFIO		/**/
 
-/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is
- *	available to close whatever was being used for host queries.
+/* HAS_SHM:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is
+ *	supported.
  */
-/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT		/**/
+/*#define HAS_SHM		/**/
 
-/* HAS_ENDNETENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is
- *	available to close whatever was being used for network queries.
+/* HAS_SIGACTION:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine
+ *	is available.
  */
-/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT		/**/
+/*#define HAS_SIGACTION	/**/
 
-/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is
- *	available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries.
+/* HAS_SIGSETJMP:
+ *	This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp()
+ *	routine is available to save the calling process's registers
+ *	and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and
+ *	to optionally save the process's signal mask.  See
+ *	Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp.
  */
-/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT		/**/
-
-/* HAS_ENDPWENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
- *	available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database.
+/* Sigjmp_buf:
+ *	This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp.
  */
-/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT		/**/
-
-/* HAS_ENDSERVENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is
- *	available to close whatever was being used for service queries.
+/* Sigsetjmp:
+ *	This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke
+ *	traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available.
+ *	See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
  */
-/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT		/**/
-
-/* HAS_GETGRENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
- *	available for sequential access of the group database.
+/* Siglongjmp:
+ *	This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke
+ *	traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available.
+ *	See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
  */
-/*#define HAS_GETGRENT		/**/
+/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP	/**/
+#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP
+#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf
+#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask))
+#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval))
+#else
+#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf
+#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf))
+#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval))
+#endif
 
-/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is
- *	available to look up hosts by their IP addresses.
+/* HAS_SOCKET:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is
+ *	supported.
  */
-#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR		/**/
-
-/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is
- *	available to look up host names in some data base or other.
+/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is
+ *	supported.
  */
-#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME		/**/
-
-/* HAS_GETHOSTENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is
- *	available to look up host names in some data base or another.
+/* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported.
+ *	Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ *	has been known to be an enum.
  */
-/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT		/**/
-
-/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
- *	gethostname() routine to derive the host name.  See also HAS_UNAME
- *	and PHOSTNAME.
+/* HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is supported.
+ *	Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ *	has been known to be an enum.
  */
-/* HAS_UNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
- *	uname() routine to derive the host name.  See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
- *	and PHOSTNAME.
+/* HAS_MSG_OOB:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_OOB is supported.
+ *	Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ *	has been known to be an enum.
  */
-/* PHOSTNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the
- *	popen() routine to derive the host name.  See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
- *	and HAS_UNAME.	Note that the command uses a fully qualified path,
- *	so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user
- *	privileges.
+/* HAS_MSG_PEEK:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PEEK is supported.
+ *	Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ *	has been known to be an enum.
  */
-/* HAS_PHOSTNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
- *	contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine
- *	to derive the host name.
+/* HAS_MSG_PROXY:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PROXY is supported.
+ *	Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ *	has been known to be an enum.
  */
-#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME	/**/
-#define HAS_UNAME		/**/
-#undef HAS_PHOSTNAME
-#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME
-#define PHOSTNAME ""	/* How to get the host name */
-#endif
+/* HAS_SCM_RIGHTS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the SCM_RIGHTS is supported.
+ *	Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ *	has been known to be an enum.
+ */
+#define	HAS_SOCKET		/**/
+/*#define	HAS_SOCKETPAIR	/**/
+/*#define	HAS_MSG_CTRUNC	/**/
+/*#define	HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE	/**/
+/*#define	HAS_MSG_OOB	/**/
+/*#define	HAS_MSG_PEEK	/**/
+/*#define	HAS_MSG_PROXY	/**/
+/*#define	HAS_SCM_RIGHTS	/**/
 
-/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is
- *	available to look up networks by their IP addresses.
+/* HAS_SQRTL:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sqrtl routine is
+ *	available to do long double square roots.
  */
-/*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR		/**/
+/*#define HAS_SQRTL		/**/
 
-/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is
- *	available to look up networks by their names.
+/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS:
+ *	This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring
+ *	st_blksize and st_blocks.
  */
-/*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME		/**/
+#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS
+/*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS 	/**/
+#endif
 
-/* HAS_GETNETENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is
- *	available to look up network names in some data base or another.
+/* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs
+ *	does have the f_flags member containing the mount flags of
+ *	the filesystem containing the file.
+ *	This kind of struct statfs is coming from <sys/mount.h> (BSD 4.3),
+ *	not from <sys/statfs.h> (SYSV).  Older BSDs (like Ultrix) do not
+ *	have statfs() and struct statfs, they have ustat() and getmnt()
+ *	with struct ustat and struct fs_data.
  */
-/*#define HAS_GETNETENT		/**/
+/*#define HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS		/**/
 
-/* HAS_GETPROTOENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is
- *	available to look up protocols in some data base or another.
+/* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs
+ *	to do statfs() is supported.
  */
-/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT		/**/
+/*#define HAS_STRUCT_STATFS	/**/
 
-/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname()
- *	routine is available to look up protocols by their name.
+/* HAS_FSTATVFS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatvfs routine is
+ *	available to stat filesystems by file descriptors.
  */
-/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber()
- *	routine is available to look up protocols by their number.
- */
-#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME		/**/
-#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER		/**/
-
-/* HAS_GETPWENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is
- *	available for sequential access of the passwd database.
- *	If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETPWENT		/**/
-
-/* HAS_GETSERVENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is
- *	available to look up network services in some data base or another.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT		/**/
-
-/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname()
- *	routine is available to look up services by their name.
- */
-/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport()
- *	routine is available to look up services by their port.
- */
-#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME		/**/
-#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT		/**/
-
-/* HAS_HTONL:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and
- *	friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
- *	order byte swapping.
- */
-/* HAS_HTONS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and
- *	friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
- *	order byte swapping.
- */
-/* HAS_NTOHL:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and
- *	friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network
- *	order byte swapping.
- */
-/* HAS_NTOHS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and
- *	friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network
- *	order byte swapping.
- */
-#define HAS_HTONL		/**/
-#define HAS_HTONS		/**/
-#define HAS_NTOHL		/**/
-#define HAS_NTOHS		/**/
-
-/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE:
- *	This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long
- *	doubles.
- */
-/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE:
- *	This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the 
- *	C preprocessor can make decisions based on it.  It is only
- *	defined if the system supports long doubles.
- */
-#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE		/**/
-#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
-#define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 10		/**/
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_LONG_LONG:
- *	This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long.
- */
-/* LONGLONGSIZE:
- *	This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the 
- *	C preprocessor can make decisions based on it.  It is only
- *	defined if the system supports long long.
- */
-/*#define HAS_LONG_LONG		/**/
-#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG
-#define LONGLONGSIZE 8		/**/
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_MEMCHR:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available
- *	to locate characters within a C string.
- */
-#define HAS_MEMCHR	/**/
-
-/* HAS_MSG:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is
- *	supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues).
- */
-/*#define HAS_MSG		/**/
-
-/* HAS_SEM:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is
- *	supported.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SEM		/**/
-
-/* HAS_SETGRENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is
- *	available for initializing sequential access of the group database.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETGRENT		/**/
-
-/* HAS_SETGROUPS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgroups() routine is
- *	available to set the list of process groups.  If unavailable, multiple
- *	groups are probably not supported.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETGROUPS		/**/
-
-/* HAS_SETHOSTENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is
- *	available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT		/**/
-
-/* HAS_SETNETENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is
- *	available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETNETENT		/**/
-
-/* HAS_SETPROTOENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is
- *	available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT		/**/
-
-/* HAS_SETPWENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is
- *	available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETPWENT		/**/
-
-/* HAS_SETSERVENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is
- *	available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETSERVENT		/**/
-
-/* HAS_SETVBUF:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is
- *	available to change buffering on an open stdio stream.
- *	to a line-buffered mode.
- */
-#define HAS_SETVBUF		/**/
-
-/* HAS_SHM:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is
- *	supported.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SHM		/**/
-
-/* HAS_SOCKET:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is
- *	supported.
- */
-/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is
- *	supported.
- */
-/* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported.
- *	Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- *	has been known to be an enum.
- */
-/* HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is supported.
- *	Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- *	has been known to be an enum.
- */
-/* HAS_MSG_OOB:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_OOB is supported.
- *	Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- *	has been known to be an enum.
- */
-/* HAS_MSG_PEEK:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PEEK is supported.
- *	Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- *	has been known to be an enum.
- */
-/* HAS_MSG_PROXY:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PROXY is supported.
- *	Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- *	has been known to be an enum.
- */
-/* HAS_SCM_RIGHTS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the SCM_RIGHTS is supported.
- *	Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- *	has been known to be an enum.
- */
-#define	HAS_SOCKET		/**/
-/*#define	HAS_SOCKETPAIR	/**/
-/*#define	HAS_MSG_CTRUNC	/**/
-/*#define	HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE	/**/
-/*#define	HAS_MSG_OOB	/**/
-/*#define	HAS_MSG_PEEK	/**/
-/*#define	HAS_MSG_PROXY	/**/
-/*#define	HAS_SCM_RIGHTS	/**/
-
-/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS:
- *	This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring
- *	st_blksize and st_blocks.
- */
-#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS
-/*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS 	/**/
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_STRERROR:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is
- *	available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup
- *	of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own.
- */
-/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is
- *	available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int
- *	sys_nerr gives the size of that table.
- */
-/* Strerror:
- *	This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is
- *	not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[]
- *	array is there.
- */
-#define HAS_STRERROR		/**/
-#define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST	/**/
-#define Strerror(e) strerror(e)
-
-/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is
- *	defined by including <sys/sem.h>.  If not, the user code
- *	probably needs to define it as:
- *	union semun {
- *	    int val;
- *	    struct semid_ds *buf;
- *	    unsigned short *array;
- *	}
- */
-/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is
- *	used for semctl IPC_STAT.
- */
-/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is
- *	used for semctl IPC_STAT.
- */
-#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN	/**/
-/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN	/**/
-/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS	/**/
-
-/* HAS_VFORK:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists.
- */
-/*#define HAS_VFORK	/**/
-
-/* Signal_t:
- *	This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the
- *	appropriate return type of a signal handler.  Thus, you can declare
- *	a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the
- *	handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)".
- */
-#define Signal_t void	/* Signal handler's return type */
-
-/* Groups_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used for the second argument to
- *	getgroups() and setgropus().  Usually, this is the same as
- *	gidtype (gid_t) , but sometimes it isn't.
- *	It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... 
- *	It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get any 
- *	typedef'ed information.  This is only required if you have
- *	getgroups() or setgropus()..
- */
-#if defined(HAS_GETGROUPS) || defined(HAS_SETGROUPS)
-#define Groups_t gid_t	/* Type for 2nd arg to [sg]etgroups() */
-#endif
-
-/* I_GRP:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- *	include <grp.h>.
- */
-/* GRPASSWD:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group
- *	in <grp.h> contains gr_passwd.
- */
-/*#define I_GRP		/**/
-/*#define GRPASSWD	/**/
-
-/* I_NETDB:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> exists and
- *	should be included.
- */
-/*#define I_NETDB		/**/
-
-/* I_PWD:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- *	include <pwd.h>.
- */
-/* PWQUOTA:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- *	contains pw_quota.
- */
-/* PWAGE:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- *	contains pw_age.
- */
-/* PWCHANGE:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- *	contains pw_change.
- */
-/* PWCLASS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- *	contains pw_class.
- */
-/* PWEXPIRE:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- *	contains pw_expire.
- */
-/* PWCOMMENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- *	contains pw_comment.
- */
-/* PWGECOS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- *	contains pw_gecos.
- */
-/* PWPASSWD:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- *	contains pw_passwd.
- */
-/*#define I_PWD		/**/
-/*#define PWQUOTA	/**/
-/*#define PWAGE	/**/
-/*#define PWCHANGE	/**/
-/*#define PWCLASS	/**/
-/*#define PWEXPIRE	/**/
-/*#define PWCOMMENT	/**/
-/*#define PWGECOS	/**/
-/*#define PWPASSWD	/**/
-
-/* I_SYSUIO:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/uio.h> exists and
- *	should be included.
- */
-/*#define	I_SYSUIO		/**/
+/*#define HAS_FSTATVFS		/**/
 
-/* Free_t:
- *	This variable contains the return type of free().  It is usually
- * void, but occasionally int.
- */
-/* Malloc_t:
- *	This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc.
+/* USE_STDIO_PTR:
+ *	This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar)
+ *	of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer
+ *	for a file handle.  If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp)
+ *	and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used
+ *	to access these fields.
  */
-#define Malloc_t void *			/**/
-#define Free_t void			/**/
-
-/* MYMALLOC:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc.
+/* FILE_ptr:
+ *	This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the
+ *	FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
+ *	defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
  */
-/*#define MYMALLOC			/**/
-
-/* SIG_NAME:
- *	This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of
- *	signal number. This is intended
- *	to be used as a static array initialization, like this:
- *		char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME };
- *	The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal
- *	is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal
- *	name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT".
- *	Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn,
- *	etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37).
- *	The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i].
- *	The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL.  This
- *	corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_num list.
+/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE:
+ *	This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an
+ *	lvalue.
  */
-/* SIG_NUM:
- *	This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the
- *	SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in:
- *		int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM };
- *	The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices
- *	within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute
- *	the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small
- *	dynamic linear lookup. 
- *	Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list.
- *	The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i].
- *	if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i.  
- *	The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of
- *	the sig_name list.
+/* FILE_cnt:
+ *	This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the
+ *	FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
+ *	defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
  */
-#define SIG_NAME "ZERO", "NUM01", "INT", "QUIT", "ILL", "NUM05", "NUM06", "NUM07", "FPE", "KILL", "NUM10", "SEGV", "NUM12", "PIPE", "ALRM", "TERM", "USR1", "USR2", "CHLD", "NUM19", "USR3", "BREAK", "ABRT", "STOP", "NUM24", "CONT", "CLD", 0		/**/
-#define SIG_NUM  0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 18, 0		/**/
-
-/* VOIDFLAGS:
- *	This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this
- *	compiler.  What various bits mean:
- *
- *	    1 = supports declaration of void
- *	    2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void
- *	    4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and
- *		    addresses of void functions
- *	    8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers
- *
- *	The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements
- *	of the package.  This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before
- *	including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U.  If the
- *	latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested.  If the
- *	level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int.
+/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE:
+ *	This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an
+ *	lvalue.
  */
-#ifndef VOIDUSED
-#define VOIDUSED 15
-#endif
-#define VOIDFLAGS 15
-#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED
-#define void int		/* is void to be avoided? */
-#define M_VOID			/* Xenix strikes again */
+#define USE_STDIO_PTR 	/**/
+#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR
+#define FILE_ptr(fp)	((fp)->curp)
+#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE 		/**/
+#define FILE_cnt(fp)	((fp)->level)
+#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE 		/**/
 #endif
 
-/* HAS_ATOLF:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atolf routine is
- *	available to convert strings into long doubles.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ATOLF		/**/
-
-/* HAS_ATOLL:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atoll routine is
- *	available to convert strings into long longs.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ATOLL		/**/
-
-/* PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl 5.006 should be
- *	binary-compatible with Perl 5.005.  This is impossible for builds
- *	that use features like threads and multiplicity it is always undef
- *	for those versions.
- */
-/*#define PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005			/**/
-
-/* DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that we need to prepend an
- *	underscore to the symbol name before calling dlsym().  This only
- *	makes sense if you *have* dlsym, which we will presume is the
- *	case if you're using dl_dlopen.xs.
- */
-/*#define 	DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE 	/**/
-
-/* HAS_ENDSPENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endspent system call is
- *	available to finalize the scan of SysV shadow password entries.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDSPENT		/**/
-
-/* HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct fs_data
- *	to do statfs() is supported.
- */
-/*#define HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA	/**/
-
-/* HAS_FSEEKO:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fseeko routine is
- *	available to fseek beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts).
- */
-/*#define HAS_FSEEKO		/**/
-
-/* HAS_FSTATFS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatfs routine is
- *	available to stat filesystems by file descriptors.
- */
-/*#define HAS_FSTATFS		/**/
-/* HAS_FTELLO:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ftello routine is
- *	available to ftell beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts).
- */
-/*#define HAS_FTELLO		/**/
-
-/* HAS_GETMNT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmnt routine is
- *	available to get filesystem mount info by filename.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETMNT		/**/
-
-/* HAS_GETMNTENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmntent routine is
- *	available to iterate through mounted file systems to get their info.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETMNTENT		/**/
-
-/* HAS_GETSPENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspent system call is
- *	available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries sequentially.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETSPENT		/**/
-
-/* HAS_GETSPNAM:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam system call is
- *	available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries by name.
+/* USE_STDIO_BASE:
+ *	This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the
+ *	stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for
+ *	a file handle.  If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro
+ *	will also be defined and should be used to access this field.
+ *	Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used
+ *	to determine the number of bytes in the buffer.  USE_STDIO_BASE
+ *	will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is.
  */
-/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM		/**/
-
-/* HAS_HASMNTOPT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the hasmntopt routine is
- *	available to query the mount options of file systems.
+/* FILE_base:
+ *	This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the
+ *	FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
+ *	defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
  */
-/*#define HAS_HASMNTOPT		/**/
-
-/* HAS_INT64_T:
- *     This symbol will defined if the C compiler supports int64_t.
- *     Usually the <inttypes.h> needs to be included, but sometimes
- *	<sys/types.h> is enough.
+/* FILE_bufsiz:
+ *	This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O
+ *	buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE
+ *	structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined
+ *	if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
  */
-/*#define     HAS_INT64_T               /**/
+#define USE_STDIO_BASE 	/**/
+#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE
+#define FILE_base(fp)	((fp)->buffer)
+#define FILE_bufsiz(fp)	((fp)->level + (fp)->curp - (fp)->buffer)
+#endif
 
-/* HAS_LDBL_DIG:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's <float.h>
- *	or <limits.h> defines the symbol LDBL_DIG, which is the number
- *	of significant digits in a long double precision number. Unlike
- *	for DBL_DIG, there's no good guess for LDBL_DIG if it is undefined.
+/* HAS_STRERROR:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is
+ *	available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup
+ *	of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own.
  */
-#define HAS_LDBL_DIG 	/**/
-
-/* HAS_SETSPENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setspent system call is
- *	available to initialize the scan of SysV shadow password entries.
+/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is
+ *	available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int
+ *	sys_nerr gives the size of that table.
  */
-/*#define HAS_SETSPENT		/**/
-
-/* USE_SFIO:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that sfio should
- *	be used.
+/* Strerror:
+ *	This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is
+ *	not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[]
+ *	array is there.
  */
-/*#define	USE_SFIO		/**/
+#define HAS_STRERROR		/**/
+#define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST	/**/
+#define Strerror(e) strerror(e)
 
-/* HAS_SQRTL:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sqrtl routine is
- *	available to do long double square roots.
+/* HAS_STRTOLD:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtold routine is
+ *	available to convert strings to long doubles.
  */
-/*#define HAS_SQRTL		/**/
+/*#define HAS_STRTOLD		/**/
 
-/* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs
- *	does have the f_flags member containing the mount flags of
- *	the filesystem containing the file.
- *	This kind of struct statfs is coming from <sys/mount.h> (BSD 4.3),
- *	not from <sys/statfs.h> (SYSV).  Older BSDs (like Ultrix) do not
- *	have statfs() and struct statfs, they have ustat() and getmnt()
- *	with struct ustat and struct fs_data.
+/* HAS_STRTOLL:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoll routine is
+ *	available to convert strings to long longs.
  */
-/*#define HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS		/**/
+/*#define HAS_STRTOLL		/**/
 
-/* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs
- *	to do statfs() is supported.
+/* HAS_STRTOULL:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoull routine is
+ *	available to convert strings to unsigned long longs.
  */
-/*#define HAS_STRUCT_STATFS	/**/
+/*#define HAS_STRTOULL		/**/
 
-/* HAS_FSTATVFS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatvfs routine is
- *	available to stat filesystems by file descriptors.
+/* HAS_STRTOUQ:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtouq routine is
+ *	available to convert strings to unsigned long longs (quads).
  */
-/*#define HAS_FSTATVFS		/**/
+/*#define HAS_STRTOUQ		/**/
 
 /* HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
@@ -2260,18 +1983,93 @@
  */
 #define	HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO	/**/
 
+/* Time_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long,
+ *	or time_t on BSD sites (in which case <sys/types.h> should be
+ *	included).
+ */
+#define Time_t time_t		/* Time type */
+
+/* HAS_TIMES:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists.
+ *	Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now
+ * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include <sys/times.h>.
+ */
+#define HAS_TIMES		/**/
+
+/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is
+ *	defined by including <sys/sem.h>.  If not, the user code
+ *	probably needs to define it as:
+ *	union semun {
+ *	    int val;
+ *	    struct semid_ds *buf;
+ *	    unsigned short *array;
+ *	}
+ */
+/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is
+ *	used for semctl IPC_STAT.
+ */
+/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is
+ *	used for semctl IPC_STAT.
+ */
+#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN	/**/
+/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN	/**/
+/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS	/**/
+
 /* HAS_USTAT:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ustat system call is
  *	available to query file system statistics by dev_t.
  */
 /*#define HAS_USTAT		/**/
 
+/* HAS_VFORK:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_VFORK	/**/
+
+/* Signal_t:
+ *	This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the
+ *	appropriate return type of a signal handler.  Thus, you can declare
+ *	a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the
+ *	handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)".
+ */
+#define Signal_t void	/* Signal handler's return type */
+
+/* HAS_VPRINTF:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available
+ *	to printf with a pointer to an argument list.  If unavailable, you
+ *	may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt().
+ */
+/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF:
+ *	This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type
+ *	(char*).  The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()".  It
+ *	is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the
+ *	symbol.
+ */
+#define HAS_VPRINTF	/**/
+/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF 	/**/
+
 /* USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that dynamic loading of
  *	some sort is available.
  */
 #define USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING		/**/
 
+/* DOUBLESIZE:
+ *	This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor
+ *	can make decisions based on it.
+ */
+#define DOUBLESIZE 8		/**/
+
+/* EBCDIC:
+ *     This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses
+ *	EBCDIC encoding.
+ */
+/*#define	EBCDIC 		/**/
+
 /* FFLUSH_NULL:
  *	This symbol, if defined, tells that fflush(NULL) does flush
  *	all pending stdio output.
@@ -2286,6 +2084,45 @@
 #define	FFLUSH_NULL 		/**/
 /*#define	FFLUSH_ALL 		/**/
 
+/* Fpos_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc.
+ *	It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Fpos_t fpos_t		/* File position type */
+
+/* Gid_t_f:
+ *	This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t.
+ */
+#define	Gid_t_f		"d"		/**/
+
+/* Gid_t_size:
+ *	This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes.
+ */
+#define Gid_t_size 4		/* GID size */
+
+/* Gid_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of
+ *	argument to setrgid() and related functions.  Typically,
+ *	it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort,
+ *	uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get
+ *	any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Gid_t gid_t		/* Type for getgid(), etc... */
+
+/* Groups_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used for the second argument to
+ *	getgroups() and setgropus().  Usually, this is the same as
+ *	gidtype (gid_t) , but sometimes it isn't.
+ *	It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... 
+ *	It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get any 
+ *	typedef'ed information.  This is only required if you have
+ *	getgroups() or setgropus()..
+ */
+#if defined(HAS_GETGROUPS) || defined(HAS_SETGROUPS)
+#define Groups_t gid_t	/* Type for 2nd arg to [sg]etgroups() */
+#endif
+
 /* DB_Prefix_t:
  *	This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element
  *	in the <db.h> header file.  In older versions of DB, it was
@@ -2299,18 +2136,41 @@
 #define DB_Hash_t	int		/**/
 #define DB_Prefix_t	int  	/**/
 
+/* I_GRP:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ *	include <grp.h>.
+ */
+/* GRPASSWD:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group
+ *	in <grp.h> contains gr_passwd.
+ */
+/*#define I_GRP		/**/
+/*#define GRPASSWD	/**/
+
 /* I_INTTYPES:
  *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
  *     include <inttypes.h>.
  */
 /*#define   I_INTTYPES                /**/
 
+/* I_MACH_CTHREADS:
+ *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ *     include <mach/cthreads.h>.
+ */
+/*#define   I_MACH_CTHREADS	/**/
+
 /* I_MNTENT:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <mntent.h> exists and
  *	should be included.
  */
 /*#define	I_MNTENT		/**/
 
+/* I_NETDB:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> exists and
+ *	should be included.
+ */
+/*#define I_NETDB		/**/
+
 /* I_NETINET_TCP:
  *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
  *     include <netinet/tcp.h>.
@@ -2323,6 +2183,58 @@
  */
 /*#define	I_POLL		/**/
 
+/* I_PTHREAD:
+ *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ *     include <pthread.h>.
+ */
+/*#define   I_PTHREAD	/**/
+
+/* I_PWD:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ *	include <pwd.h>.
+ */
+/* PWQUOTA:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ *	contains pw_quota.
+ */
+/* PWAGE:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ *	contains pw_age.
+ */
+/* PWCHANGE:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ *	contains pw_change.
+ */
+/* PWCLASS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ *	contains pw_class.
+ */
+/* PWEXPIRE:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ *	contains pw_expire.
+ */
+/* PWCOMMENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ *	contains pw_comment.
+ */
+/* PWGECOS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ *	contains pw_gecos.
+ */
+/* PWPASSWD:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ *	contains pw_passwd.
+ */
+/*#define I_PWD		/**/
+/*#define PWQUOTA	/**/
+/*#define PWAGE	/**/
+/*#define PWCHANGE	/**/
+/*#define PWCLASS	/**/
+/*#define PWEXPIRE	/**/
+/*#define PWCOMMENT	/**/
+/*#define PWGECOS	/**/
+/*#define PWPASSWD	/**/
+
 /* I_SHADOW:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <shadow.h> exists and
  *	should be included.
@@ -2352,18 +2264,49 @@
  */
 /*#define	I_SYS_STATVFS		/**/
 
+/* I_SYSUIO:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/uio.h> exists and
+ *	should be included.
+ */
+/*#define	I_SYSUIO		/**/
+
 /* I_SYS_VFS:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/vfs.h> exists and
  *	should be included.
  */
 /*#define	I_SYS_VFS		/**/
 
+/* I_TIME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ *	include <time.h>.
+ */
+/* I_SYS_TIME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ *	include <sys/time.h>.
+ */
+/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ *	include <sys/time.h> with KERNEL defined.
+ */
+#define I_TIME		/**/
+/*#define I_SYS_TIME		/**/
+/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL		/**/
+
 /* I_USTAT:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ustat.h> exists and
  *	should be included.
  */
 /*#define	I_USTAT		/**/
 
+/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST:
+ *	This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over
+ *	which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically
+ *	search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable
+ *	for a C initialization string.  See the inc_version_list entry
+ *	in Porting/Glossary for more details.
+ */
+#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 		/**/
+
 /* HAS_OFF64_T:
  *	This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports off64_t.
  */
@@ -2384,6 +2327,92 @@
 /*#define PERL_PRIfldbl	"f"	/**/
 /*#define PERL_PRIgldbl	"g"	/**/
 
+/* Off_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel.
+ *	It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+/* LSEEKSIZE:
+ *	This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
+ */
+/* Off_t_size:
+ *	This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
+ */
+#define Off_t off_t		/* <offset> type */
+#define LSEEKSIZE 4		/* <offset> size */
+#define Off_t_size 4	/* <offset> size */
+
+/* Free_t:
+ *	This variable contains the return type of free().  It is usually
+ * void, but occasionally int.
+ */
+/* Malloc_t:
+ *	This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc.
+ */
+#define Malloc_t void *			/**/
+#define Free_t void			/**/
+
+/* MYMALLOC:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc.
+ */
+/*#define MYMALLOC			/**/
+
+/* Mode_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes 
+ *	for systems calls.  It is usually mode_t, but may be
+ *	int or unsigned short.  It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h>
+ *	to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Mode_t mode_t	 /* file mode parameter for system calls */
+
+/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK:
+ *	This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on
+ *	non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way
+ *	back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to
+ *	alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the
+ *	ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices.
+ */
+/* VAL_EAGAIN:
+ *	This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was
+ *	present on the non-blocking file descriptor.
+ */
+/* RD_NODATA:
+ *	This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present
+ *	on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is
+ *	not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by
+ *	issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure!
+ */
+/* EOF_NONBLOCK:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on
+ *	a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value
+ *	held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!).
+ */
+#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK
+#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN
+#define RD_NODATA -1
+#define EOF_NONBLOCK
+
+/* Netdb_host_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument
+ *	to gethostbyaddr().
+ */
+/* Netdb_hlen_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument
+ *	to gethostbyaddr().
+ */
+/* Netdb_name_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used for the argument to
+ *	gethostbyname().
+ */
+/* Netdb_net_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to
+ *	getnetbyaddr().
+ */
+#define Netdb_host_t		char * /**/
+#define Netdb_hlen_t		int /**/
+#define Netdb_name_t		char * /**/
+#define Netdb_net_t		long /**/
+
 /* IVTYPE:
  *	This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's IV.
  */
@@ -2494,6 +2523,59 @@
 #define	UVof		"lo"		/**/
 #define	UVxf		"lx"		/**/
 
+/* Pid_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel.
+ *	It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Pid_t int		/* PID type */
+
+/* PRIVLIB:
+ *	This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
+ *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
+ *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.  The program
+ *	should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
+ */
+/* PRIVLIB_EXP:
+ *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used
+ *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+#define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\5.5.640\\lib"		/**/
+#define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib("5.5.640"))	/**/
+
+/* PTRSIZE:
+ *	This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor
+ *	can make decisions based on it.  It will be sizeof(void *) if
+ *	the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be
+ *	sizeof(char *).
+ */
+#define PTRSIZE 4		/**/
+
+/* Drand01:
+ *	This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed
+ *	random numbers over the range [0., 1.[.  You may have to supply
+ *	an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3
+ *	doesn't provide you with anything relevant in it's headers.
+ *	See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO.
+ */
+/* Rand_seed_t:
+ *	This symbol defines the type of the argument of the
+ *	random seed function.
+ */
+/* seedDrand01:
+ *	This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the
+ *	random number generator (see Drand01).
+ */
+/* RANDBITS:
+ *	This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the
+ *	function used to generate normalized random numbers.
+ *	Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48.
+ */
+#define Drand01()		(rand()/(double)((unsigned)1<<RANDBITS))		/**/
+#define Rand_seed_t		unsigned		/**/
+#define seedDrand01(x)	srand((Rand_seed_t)x)	/**/
+#define RANDBITS		15		/**/
+
 /* SELECT_MIN_BITS:
  *	This symbol holds the minimum number of bits operated by select.
  *	That is, if you do select(n, ...), how many bits at least will be
@@ -2501,7 +2583,100 @@
  *	is either n or 32*ceil(n/32), especially many little-endians do
  *	the latter.  This is only useful if you have select(), naturally.
  */
-#define SELECT_MIN_BITS 	32	/**/
+#define SELECT_MIN_BITS 	32	/**/
+
+/* Select_fd_set_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th
+ *	arguments to select.  Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET
+ *	is defined, and 'int *' otherwise.  This is only useful if you 
+ *	have select(), of course.
+ */
+#define Select_fd_set_t 	Perl_fd_set *	/**/
+
+/* SIG_NAME:
+ *	This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of
+ *	signal number. This is intended
+ *	to be used as a static array initialization, like this:
+ *		char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME };
+ *	The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal
+ *	is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal
+ *	name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT".
+ *	Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn,
+ *	etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37).
+ *	The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i].
+ *	The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL.  This
+ *	corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_num list.
+ */
+/* SIG_NUM:
+ *	This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the
+ *	SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in:
+ *		int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM };
+ *	The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices
+ *	within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute
+ *	the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small
+ *	dynamic linear lookup. 
+ *	Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list.
+ *	The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i].
+ *	if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i.  
+ *	The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of
+ *	the sig_name list.
+ */
+#define SIG_NAME "ZERO", "NUM01", "INT", "QUIT", "ILL", "NUM05", "NUM06", "NUM07", "FPE", "KILL", "NUM10", "SEGV", "NUM12", "PIPE", "ALRM", "TERM", "USR1", "USR2", "CHLD", "NUM19", "USR3", "BREAK", "ABRT", "STOP", "NUM24", "CONT", "CLD", 0		/**/
+#define SIG_NUM  0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 18, 0		/**/
+
+/* SITEARCH:
+ *	This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
+ *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
+ *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.  The program
+ *	should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
+ *	The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
+ *	After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
+ *	architecture-dependent modules in this directory with
+ *		MakeMaker Makefile.PL
+ *	or equivalent.  See INSTALL for details.
+ */
+/* SITEARCH_EXP:
+ *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used
+ *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+#define SITEARCH "c:\\perl\\site\\5.5.640\\lib\\MSWin32-x86"		/**/
+/*#define SITEARCH_EXP ""	/**/
+
+/* SITELIB:
+ *	This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
+ *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
+ *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.  The program
+ *	should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
+ *	The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
+ *	After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
+ *	architecture-independent modules in this directory with
+ *		MakeMaker Makefile.PL
+ *	or equivalent.  See INSTALL for details.
+ */
+/* SITELIB_EXP:
+ *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used
+ *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+#define SITELIB "c:\\perl\\site\\5.5.640\\lib"		/**/
+#define SITELIB_EXP (win32_get_sitelib("5.5.640"))	/**/
+
+/* Size_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters
+ *	for string functions.  It is usually size_t, but may be
+ *	unsigned long, int, etc.  It may be necessary to include
+ *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Size_t size_t	 /* length paramater for string functions */
+
+/* SSize_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used by functions that return
+ *	a count of bytes or an error condition.  It must be a signed type.
+ *	It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc.
+ *	It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> or <unistd.h>
+ *	to get any typedef'ed information.
+ *	We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t).
+ */
+#define SSize_t int	 /* signed count of bytes */
 
 /* STARTPERL:
  *	This variable contains the string to put in front of a perl
@@ -2521,11 +2696,22 @@
 /*#define	HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY	/**/
 #define STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY	
 
-/* HAS_STRTOULL:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoull routine is
- *	available to convert strings into unsigned long longs.
+/* Uid_t_f:
+ *	This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t.
  */
-/*#define HAS_STRTOULL		/**/
+#define	Uid_t_f		"d"		/**/
+
+/* Uid_t_size:
+ *	This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes.
+ */
+#define Uid_t_size 4		/* UID size */
+
+/* Uid_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel.
+ *	It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Uid_t uid_t		/* UID type */
 
 /* USE_64_BITS:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit integers should
@@ -2590,124 +2776,6 @@
 /*#define	USE_SOCKS		/**/
 #endif
 
-/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- *	a prototype for the drand48() function.  Otherwise, it is up
- *	to the program to supply one.  A good guess is
- *		extern double drand48 _((void));
- */
-/*#define	HAS_DRAND48_PROTO	/**/
-
-/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- *	prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and
- *	gethostbyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-#define	HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS	/**/
-
-/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- *	prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and
- *	getnetbyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-/*#define	HAS_GETNET_PROTOS	/**/
-
-/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- *	prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and
- *	getprotobyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-#define	HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS	/**/
-
-/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- *	prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and
- *	getservbyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-#define	HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS	/**/
-
-/* Netdb_host_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument
- *	to gethostbyaddr().
- */
-/* Netdb_hlen_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument
- *	to gethostbyaddr().
- */
-/* Netdb_name_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used for the argument to
- *	gethostbyname().
- */
-/* Netdb_net_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to
- *	getnetbyaddr().
- */
-#define Netdb_host_t		char * /**/
-#define Netdb_hlen_t		int /**/
-#define Netdb_name_t		char * /**/
-#define Netdb_net_t		long /**/
-
-/* Select_fd_set_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th
- *	arguments to select.  Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET
- *	is defined, and 'int *' otherwise.  This is only useful if you 
- *	have select(), of course.
- */
-#define Select_fd_set_t 	Perl_fd_set *	/**/
-
-/* ARCHNAME:
- *	This symbol holds a string representing the architecture name.
- *	It may be used to construct an architecture-dependant pathname
- *	where library files may be held under a private library, for
- *	instance.
- */
-#define ARCHNAME "MSWin32-x86"		/**/
-
-/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread
- *	in joinable (aka undetached) state.  NOTE: not defined
- *	if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE
- *	(the new version of the constant).
- *	If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED
- *	and __UNDETACHED.
- */
-/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE  /**/
-
-/* HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_yield 
- *	routine is available to yield the execution of the current
- *	thread.	 sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield.
- */
-/* SCHED_YIELD:
- *	This symbol defines the way to yield the execution of
- *	the current thread.  Known ways are sched_yield,
- *	pthread_yield, and pthread_yield with NULL.
- */
-/* HAS_SCHED_YIELD:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sched_yield
- *	routine is available to yield the execution of the current
- *	thread.	 sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield.
- */
-/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD	/**/
-#define SCHED_YIELD		/**/
-/*#define HAS_SCHED_YIELD	/**/
-
-/* I_MACH_CTHREADS:
- *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- *     include <mach/cthreads.h>.
- */
-/*#define   I_MACH_CTHREADS	/**/
-
-/* I_PTHREAD:
- *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- *     include <pthread.h>.
- */
-/*#define   I_PTHREAD	/**/
-
 /* USE_ITHREADS:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to
  *	use the interpreter-based threading implementation.
@@ -2727,99 +2795,35 @@
 #endif
 /*#define	OLD_PTHREADS_API		/**/
 
-/* Time_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long,
- *	or time_t on BSD sites (in which case <sys/types.h> should be
- *	included).
- */
-#define Time_t time_t		/* Time type */
-
-/* HAS_TIMES:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists.
- *	Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now
- * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include <sys/times.h>.
- */
-#define HAS_TIMES		/**/
-
-/* Fpos_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc.
- *	It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include
- *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Fpos_t fpos_t		/* File position type */
-
-/* Gid_t_f:
- *	This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t.
- */
-#define	Gid_t_f		"d"		/**/
-
-/* Gid_t_size:
- *	This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes.
- */
-#define Gid_t_size 4		/* GID size */
-
-/* Gid_t:
- *	This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of
- *	argument to setrgid() and related functions.  Typically,
- *	it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort,
- *	uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get
- *	any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Gid_t gid_t		/* Type for getgid(), etc... */
-
-/* Off_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel.
- *	It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
- *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-/* LSEEKSIZE:
- *	This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
- */
-/* Off_t_size:
- *	This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
- */
-#define Off_t off_t		/* <offset> type */
-#define LSEEKSIZE 4		/* <offset> size */
-#define Off_t_size 4	/* <offset> size */
-
-/* Mode_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes 
- *	for systems calls.  It is usually mode_t, but may be
- *	int or unsigned short.  It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h>
- *	to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Mode_t mode_t	 /* file mode parameter for system calls */
-
-/* Pid_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel.
- *	It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
- *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Pid_t int		/* PID type */
-
-/* Size_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters
- *	for string functions.  It is usually size_t, but may be
- *	unsigned long, int, etc.  It may be necessary to include
- *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Size_t size_t	 /* length paramater for string functions */
-
-/* Uid_t_f:
- *	This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t.
- */
-#define	Uid_t_f		"d"		/**/
-
-/* Uid_t_size:
- *	This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes.
+/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP:
+ *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used
+ *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
  */
-#define Uid_t_size 4		/* UID size */
+/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP ""		/**/
 
-/* Uid_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel.
- *	It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
- *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+/* VOIDFLAGS:
+ *	This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this
+ *	compiler.  What various bits mean:
+ *
+ *	    1 = supports declaration of void
+ *	    2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void
+ *	    4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and
+ *		    addresses of void functions
+ *	    8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers
+ *
+ *	The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements
+ *	of the package.  This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before
+ *	including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U.  If the
+ *	latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested.  If the
+ *	level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int.
  */
-#define Uid_t uid_t		/* UID type */
+#ifndef VOIDUSED
+#define VOIDUSED 15
+#endif
+#define VOIDFLAGS 15
+#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED
+#define void int		/* is void to be avoided? */
+#define M_VOID			/* Xenix strikes again */
+#endif
 
 #endif
diff --git a/win32/config_H.gc b/win32/config_H.gc
index fc91cb7..9575e43 100644
--- a/win32/config_H.gc
+++ b/win32/config_H.gc
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
 /*
  * Package name      : perl5
  * Source directory  : 
- * Configuration time: Sun Jan  9 15:13:25 2000
+ * Configuration time: Tue Jan 18 21:02:23 2000
  * Configured by     : gsar
  * Target system     : 
  */
@@ -1051,6 +1051,13 @@
  */
 /*#define   I_SYS_SECURITY	/**/
 
+/* OSNAME:
+ *	This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined
+ *	by Configure.  You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
+ *	feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
+ */
+#define OSNAME "MSWin32"		/**/
+
 /* MEM_ALIGNBYTES:
  *	This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a
  *	double. Usual values are 2, 4 and 8. The default is eight,
@@ -1062,6 +1069,61 @@
 #define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8
 #endif
 
+/* ARCHLIB:
+ *	This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in
+ *	which the user wants to put architecture-dependent public
+ *	library files for perl5.  It is most often a local directory
+ *	such as /usr/local/lib.  Programs using this variable must be
+ *	prepared to deal with filename expansion.  If ARCHLIB is the
+ *	same as PRIVLIB, it is not defined, since presumably the
+ *	program already searches PRIVLIB.
+ */
+/* ARCHLIB_EXP:
+ *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of ARCHLIB, to be used
+ *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+#define ARCHLIB "c:\\perl\\5.5.640\\lib\\MSWin32-x86"		/**/
+/*#define ARCHLIB_EXP ""	/**/
+
+/* ARCHNAME:
+ *	This symbol holds a string representing the architecture name.
+ *	It may be used to construct an architecture-dependant pathname
+ *	where library files may be held under a private library, for
+ *	instance.
+ */
+#define ARCHNAME "MSWin32-x86"		/**/
+
+/* HAS_ATOLF:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atolf routine is
+ *	available to convert strings into long doubles.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ATOLF		/**/
+
+/* HAS_ATOLL:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atoll routine is
+ *	available to convert strings into long longs.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ATOLL		/**/
+
+/* BIN:
+ *	This symbol holds the path of the bin directory where the package will
+ *	be installed. Program must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution.
+ */
+/* BIN_EXP:
+ *	This symbol is the filename expanded version of the BIN symbol, for
+ *	programs that do not want to deal with that at run-time.
+ */
+#define BIN "c:\\perl\\5.5.640\\bin\\MSWin32-x86"	/**/
+#define BIN_EXP "c:\\perl\\5.5.640\\bin\\MSWin32-x86"	/**/
+
+/* PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl 5.006 should be
+ *	binary-compatible with Perl 5.005.  This is impossible for builds
+ *	that use features like threads and multiplicity it is always undef
+ *	for those versions.
+ */
+/*#define PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005			/**/
+
 /* BYTEORDER:
  *	This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder,
  *	i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321, etc...
@@ -1105,6 +1167,58 @@
 #define BYTEORDER 0x1234	/* large digits for MSB */
 #endif /* NeXT */
 
+/* CAT2:
+ *	This macro catenates 2 tokens together.
+ */
+/* STRINGIFY:
+ *	This macro surrounds its token with double quotes.
+ */
+#if 42 == 1
+#define CAT2(a,b)a/**/b
+#define STRINGIFY(a)"a"
+		/* If you can get stringification with catify, tell me how! */
+#endif
+#if 42 == 42
+#define CAT2(a,b)a ## b
+#define StGiFy(a)# a
+#define STRINGIFY(a)StGiFy(a)
+#endif
+#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42
+#include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor catenate tokens?"
+#endif
+
+/* CPPSTDIN:
+ *	This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke
+ *	the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
+ *	output.	 Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also
+ *	call a wrapper. See CPPRUN.
+ */
+/* CPPMINUS:
+ *	This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke
+ *	the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
+ *	output.  This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus
+ *	to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "".
+ */
+/* CPPRUN:
+ *	This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on
+ *	the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end
+ *	with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified.
+ *	The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a
+ *	pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is
+ *	available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from
+ *	the preprocessor used to compile the C program.
+ */
+#define CPPSTDIN "gcc -E"
+#define CPPMINUS "-"
+#define CPPRUN "gcc -E"
+
+/* HAS_ACCESS:
+ *	This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access()
+ *	system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID.
+ *	(always present on UNIX.)
+ */
+#define HAS_ACCESS		/**/
+
 /* CASTI32:
  *	This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative
  *	or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints.
@@ -1132,12 +1246,104 @@
  */
 /*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR		/**/
 
+/* HAS_CSH:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists.
+ */
+/* CSH:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_CSH		/**/
+#ifdef HAS_CSH
+#define CSH ""	/**/
+#endif
+
+/* DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that we need to prepend an
+ *	underscore to the symbol name before calling dlsym().  This only
+ *	makes sense if you *have* dlsym, which we will presume is the
+ *	case if you're using dl_dlopen.xs.
+ */
+/*#define 	DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE 	/**/
+
+/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
+ *	a prototype for the drand48() function.  Otherwise, it is up
+ *	to the program to supply one.  A good guess is
+ *		extern double drand48 _((void));
+ */
+/*#define	HAS_DRAND48_PROTO	/**/
+
+/* HAS_ENDGRENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
+ *	available for finalizing sequential access of the group database.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT		/**/
+
+/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is
+ *	available to close whatever was being used for host queries.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT		/**/
+
+/* HAS_ENDNETENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is
+ *	available to close whatever was being used for network queries.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT		/**/
+
+/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is
+ *	available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT		/**/
+
+/* HAS_ENDPWENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
+ *	available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT		/**/
+
+/* HAS_ENDSERVENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is
+ *	available to close whatever was being used for service queries.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT		/**/
+
+/* HAS_ENDSPENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endspent system call is
+ *	available to finalize the scan of SysV shadow password entries.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDSPENT		/**/
+
 /* HAS_FD_SET:
  *	This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef
  *	in <sys/types.h>
  */
 #define HAS_FD_SET	/**/
 
+/* HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct fs_data
+ *	to do statfs() is supported.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA	/**/
+
+/* HAS_FSEEKO:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fseeko routine is
+ *	available to fseek beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts).
+ */
+/*#define HAS_FSEEKO		/**/
+
+/* HAS_FSTATFS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatfs routine is
+ *	available to stat filesystems by file descriptors.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_FSTATFS		/**/
+/* HAS_FTELLO:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ftello routine is
+ *	available to ftell beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts).
+ */
+/*#define HAS_FTELLO		/**/
+
 /* Gconvert:
  *	This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point
  *	number to a string without a trailing decimal point.  This
@@ -1155,1102 +1361,619 @@
  */
 #define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))
 
-/* HAS_GNULIBC:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that 
- *	the GNU C library is being used.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GNULIBC  	/**/
-/* HAS_ISASCII:
- *	This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii 
- *	is available.
+/* HAS_GETGRENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
+ *	available for sequential access of the group database.
  */
-#define HAS_ISASCII		/**/
+/*#define HAS_GETGRENT		/**/
 
-/* HAS_LCHOWN:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is
- *	available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the
- *	link).
+/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is
+ *	available to look up hosts by their IP addresses.
  */
-/*#define HAS_LCHOWN		/**/
+#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR		/**/
 
-/* HAS_OPEN3:
- *	This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three
- *	argument form of open(2) is available.
+/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is
+ *	available to look up host names in some data base or other.
  */
-/*#define HAS_OPEN3		/**/
+#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME		/**/
 
-/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available
- *	to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Otherwise you should
- *	probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your
- *	own version.
+/* HAS_GETHOSTENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is
+ *	available to look up host names in some data base or another.
  */
-/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY	/**/
+/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT		/**/
 
-/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available
- *	to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Otherwise you should
- *	probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your
- *	own version.
+/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
+ *	gethostname() routine to derive the host name.  See also HAS_UNAME
+ *	and PHOSTNAME.
  */
-/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY	/**/
-
-/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available
- *	and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high
- *	bits set.  If it is not defined, roll your own version.
+/* HAS_UNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
+ *	uname() routine to derive the host name.  See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
+ *	and PHOSTNAME.
  */
-#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP	/**/
+/* PHOSTNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the
+ *	popen() routine to derive the host name.  See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
+ *	and HAS_UNAME.	Note that the command uses a fully qualified path,
+ *	so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user
+ *	privileges.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME	/**/
+#define HAS_UNAME		/**/
+#undef HAS_PHOSTNAME
+#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME
+#define PHOSTNAME ""	/* How to get the host name */
+#endif
 
-/* HAS_SIGACTION:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine
- *	is available.
+/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ *	prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and
+ *	gethostbyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
  */
-/*#define HAS_SIGACTION	/**/
+#define	HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS	/**/
 
-/* HAS_SIGSETJMP:
- *	This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp()
- *	routine is available to save the calling process's registers
- *	and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and
- *	to optionally save the process's signal mask.  See
- *	Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp.
+/* HAS_GETMNT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmnt routine is
+ *	available to get filesystem mount info by filename.
  */
-/* Sigjmp_buf:
- *	This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp.
+/*#define HAS_GETMNT		/**/
+
+/* HAS_GETMNTENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmntent routine is
+ *	available to iterate through mounted file systems to get their info.
  */
-/* Sigsetjmp:
- *	This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke
- *	traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available.
- *	See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
+/*#define HAS_GETMNTENT		/**/
+
+/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is
+ *	available to look up networks by their IP addresses.
  */
-/* Siglongjmp:
- *	This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke
- *	traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available.
- *	See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
+/*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR		/**/
+
+/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is
+ *	available to look up networks by their names.
  */
-/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP	/**/
-#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP
-#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf
-#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask))
-#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval))
-#else
-#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf
-#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf))
-#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval))
-#endif
+/*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME		/**/
 
-/* USE_STDIO_PTR:
- *	This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar)
- *	of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer
- *	for a file handle.  If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp)
- *	and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used
- *	to access these fields.
+/* HAS_GETNETENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is
+ *	available to look up network names in some data base or another.
  */
-/* FILE_ptr:
- *	This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the
- *	FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
- *	defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
+/*#define HAS_GETNETENT		/**/
+
+/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ *	prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and
+ *	getnetbyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
  */
-/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE:
- *	This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an
- *	lvalue.
+/*#define	HAS_GETNET_PROTOS	/**/
+
+/* HAS_GETPROTOENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is
+ *	available to look up protocols in some data base or another.
  */
-/* FILE_cnt:
- *	This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the
- *	FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
- *	defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
+/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT		/**/
+
+/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname()
+ *	routine is available to look up protocols by their name.
  */
-/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE:
- *	This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an
- *	lvalue.
+/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber()
+ *	routine is available to look up protocols by their number.
  */
-#define USE_STDIO_PTR 	/**/
-#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR
-#define FILE_ptr(fp)	((fp)->_ptr)
-#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE 		/**/
-#define FILE_cnt(fp)	((fp)->_cnt)
-#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE 		/**/
-#endif
+#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME		/**/
+#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER		/**/
 
-/* USE_STDIO_BASE:
- *	This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the
- *	stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for
- *	a file handle.  If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro
- *	will also be defined and should be used to access this field.
- *	Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used
- *	to determine the number of bytes in the buffer.  USE_STDIO_BASE
- *	will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is.
- */
-/* FILE_base:
- *	This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the
- *	FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
- *	defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
+/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ *	prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and
+ *	getprotobyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
  */
-/* FILE_bufsiz:
- *	This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O
- *	buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE
- *	structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined
- *	if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
+#define	HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS	/**/
+
+/* HAS_GETPWENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is
+ *	available for sequential access of the passwd database.
+ *	If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available.
  */
-#define USE_STDIO_BASE 	/**/
-#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE
-#define FILE_base(fp)	((fp)->_base)
-#define FILE_bufsiz(fp)	((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base)
-#endif
+/*#define HAS_GETPWENT		/**/
 
-/* HAS_VPRINTF:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available
- *	to printf with a pointer to an argument list.  If unavailable, you
- *	may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt().
+/* HAS_GETSERVENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is
+ *	available to look up network services in some data base or another.
  */
-/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF:
- *	This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type
- *	(char*).  The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()".  It
- *	is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the
- *	symbol.
+/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT		/**/
+
+/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ *	prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and
+ *	getservbyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
  */
-#define HAS_VPRINTF	/**/
-/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF 	/**/
+#define	HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS	/**/
 
-/* DOUBLESIZE:
- *	This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor
- *	can make decisions based on it.
+/* HAS_GETSPENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspent system call is
+ *	available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries sequentially.
  */
-#define DOUBLESIZE 8		/**/
+/*#define HAS_GETSPENT		/**/
 
-/* I_TIME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- *	include <time.h>.
+/* HAS_GETSPNAM:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam system call is
+ *	available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries by name.
  */
-/* I_SYS_TIME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- *	include <sys/time.h>.
+/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM		/**/
+
+/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname()
+ *	routine is available to look up services by their name.
  */
-/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- *	include <sys/time.h> with KERNEL defined.
+/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport()
+ *	routine is available to look up services by their port.
  */
-#define I_TIME		/**/
-/*#define I_SYS_TIME		/**/
-/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL		/**/
+#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME		/**/
+#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT		/**/
 
-/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK:
- *	This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on
- *	non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way
- *	back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to
- *	alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the
- *	ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices.
+/* HAS_GNULIBC:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that 
+ *	the GNU C library is being used.
  */
-/* VAL_EAGAIN:
- *	This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was
- *	present on the non-blocking file descriptor.
+/*#define HAS_GNULIBC  	/**/
+/* HAS_HASMNTOPT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the hasmntopt routine is
+ *	available to query the mount options of file systems.
  */
-/* RD_NODATA:
- *	This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present
- *	on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is
- *	not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by
- *	issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure!
+/*#define HAS_HASMNTOPT		/**/
+
+/* HAS_HTONL:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and
+ *	friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
+ *	order byte swapping.
  */
-/* EOF_NONBLOCK:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on
- *	a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value
- *	held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!).
+/* HAS_HTONS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and
+ *	friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
+ *	order byte swapping.
  */
-#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK
-#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN
-#define RD_NODATA -1
-#define EOF_NONBLOCK
+/* HAS_NTOHL:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and
+ *	friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network
+ *	order byte swapping.
+ */
+/* HAS_NTOHS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and
+ *	friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network
+ *	order byte swapping.
+ */
+#define HAS_HTONL		/**/
+#define HAS_HTONS		/**/
+#define HAS_NTOHL		/**/
+#define HAS_NTOHS		/**/
 
-/* PTRSIZE:
- *	This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor
- *	can make decisions based on it.  It will be sizeof(void *) if
- *	the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be
- *	sizeof(char *).
+/* HAS_ISASCII:
+ *	This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii 
+ *	is available.
  */
-#define PTRSIZE 4		/**/
+#define HAS_ISASCII		/**/
 
-/* Drand01:
- *	This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed
- *	random numbers over the range [0., 1.[.  You may have to supply
- *	an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3
- *	doesn't provide you with anything relevant in it's headers.
- *	See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO.
+/* HAS_LCHOWN:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is
+ *	available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the
+ *	link).
  */
-/* Rand_seed_t:
- *	This symbol defines the type of the argument of the
- *	random seed function.
+/*#define HAS_LCHOWN		/**/
+
+/* HAS_LDBL_DIG:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's <float.h>
+ *	or <limits.h> defines the symbol LDBL_DIG, which is the number
+ *	of significant digits in a long double precision number. Unlike
+ *	for DBL_DIG, there's no good guess for LDBL_DIG if it is undefined.
  */
-/* seedDrand01:
- *	This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the
- *	random number generator (see Drand01).
+#define HAS_LDBL_DIG 	/**/
+
+/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE:
+ *	This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long
+ *	doubles.
  */
-/* RANDBITS:
- *	This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the
- *	function used to generate normalized random numbers.
- *	Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48.
+/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE:
+ *	This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the 
+ *	C preprocessor can make decisions based on it.  It is only
+ *	defined if the system supports long doubles.
  */
-#define Drand01()		(rand()/(double)((unsigned)1<<RANDBITS))		/**/
-#define Rand_seed_t		unsigned		/**/
-#define seedDrand01(x)	srand((Rand_seed_t)x)	/**/
-#define RANDBITS		15		/**/
+#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE		/**/
+#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
+#define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 12		/**/
+#endif
 
-/* SSize_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used by functions that return
- *	a count of bytes or an error condition.  It must be a signed type.
- *	It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc.
- *	It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> or <unistd.h>
- *	to get any typedef'ed information.
- *	We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t).
+/* HAS_LONG_LONG:
+ *	This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long.
  */
-#define SSize_t int	 /* signed count of bytes */
-
-/* EBCDIC:
- *     This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses
- *	EBCDIC encoding.
+/* LONGLONGSIZE:
+ *	This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the 
+ *	C preprocessor can make decisions based on it.  It is only
+ *	defined if the system supports long long.
  */
-/*#define	EBCDIC 		/**/
+/*#define HAS_LONG_LONG		/**/
+#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG
+#define LONGLONGSIZE 8		/**/
+#endif
 
-/* ARCHLIB:
- *	This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in
- *	which the user wants to put architecture-dependent public
- *	library files for perl5.  It is most often a local directory
- *	such as /usr/local/lib.  Programs using this variable must be
- *	prepared to deal with filename expansion.  If ARCHLIB is the
- *	same as PRIVLIB, it is not defined, since presumably the
- *	program already searches PRIVLIB.
+/* HAS_MEMCHR:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available
+ *	to locate characters within a C string.
  */
-/* ARCHLIB_EXP:
- *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of ARCHLIB, to be used
- *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+#define HAS_MEMCHR	/**/
+
+/* HAS_MSG:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is
+ *	supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues).
  */
-#define ARCHLIB "c:\\perl\\5.5.640\\lib\\MSWin32-x86"		/**/
-/*#define ARCHLIB_EXP ""	/**/
+/*#define HAS_MSG		/**/
 
-/* BIN:
- *	This symbol holds the path of the bin directory where the package will
- *	be installed. Program must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution.
+/* HAS_OPEN3:
+ *	This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three
+ *	argument form of open(2) is available.
  */
-/* BIN_EXP:
- *	This symbol is the filename expanded version of the BIN symbol, for
- *	programs that do not want to deal with that at run-time.
+/*#define HAS_OPEN3		/**/
+
+/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread
+ *	in joinable (aka undetached) state.  NOTE: not defined
+ *	if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE
+ *	(the new version of the constant).
+ *	If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED
+ *	and __UNDETACHED.
  */
-#define BIN "c:\\perl\\5.5.640\\bin\\MSWin32-x86"	/**/
-#define BIN_EXP "c:\\perl\\5.5.640\\bin\\MSWin32-x86"	/**/
+/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE  /**/
 
-/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed
- * 	also as /usr/bin/perl.
+/* HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_yield 
+ *	routine is available to yield the execution of the current
+ *	thread.	 sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield.
+ */
+/* SCHED_YIELD:
+ *	This symbol defines the way to yield the execution of
+ *	the current thread.  Known ways are sched_yield,
+ *	pthread_yield, and pthread_yield with NULL.
+ */
+/* HAS_SCHED_YIELD:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sched_yield
+ *	routine is available to yield the execution of the current
+ *	thread.	 sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield.
  */
-/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL	/**/
+/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD	/**/
+#define SCHED_YIELD		/**/
+/*#define HAS_SCHED_YIELD	/**/
 
-/* PRIVLIB:
- *	This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
- *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
- *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.  The program
- *	should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
+/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available
+ *	to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Otherwise you should
+ *	probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your
+ *	own version.
  */
-/* PRIVLIB_EXP:
- *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used
- *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY	/**/
+
+/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available
+ *	to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Otherwise you should
+ *	probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your
+ *	own version.
  */
-#define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\5.5.640\\lib"		/**/
-#define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib("5.5.640"))	/**/
+/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY	/**/
 
-/* SITEARCH:
- *	This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
- *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
- *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.  The program
- *	should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
- *	The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
- *	After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
- *	architecture-dependent modules in this directory with
- *		MakeMaker Makefile.PL
- *	or equivalent.  See INSTALL for details.
+/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available
+ *	and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high
+ *	bits set.  If it is not defined, roll your own version.
  */
-/* SITEARCH_EXP:
- *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used
- *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP	/**/
+
+/* HAS_SEM:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is
+ *	supported.
  */
-#define SITEARCH "c:\\perl\\site\\5.5.640\\lib\\MSWin32-x86"		/**/
-/*#define SITEARCH_EXP ""	/**/
+/*#define HAS_SEM		/**/
 
-/* SITELIB:
- *	This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
- *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
- *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.  The program
- *	should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
- *	The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
- *	After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
- *	architecture-independent modules in this directory with
- *		MakeMaker Makefile.PL
- *	or equivalent.  See INSTALL for details.
+/* HAS_SETGRENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is
+ *	available for initializing sequential access of the group database.
  */
-/* SITELIB_EXP:
- *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used
- *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+/*#define HAS_SETGRENT		/**/
+
+/* HAS_SETGROUPS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgroups() routine is
+ *	available to set the list of process groups.  If unavailable, multiple
+ *	groups are probably not supported.
  */
-#define SITELIB "c:\\perl\\site\\5.5.640\\lib"		/**/
-#define SITELIB_EXP (win32_get_sitelib("5.5.640"))	/**/
+/*#define HAS_SETGROUPS		/**/
 
-/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP:
- *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used
- *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+/* HAS_SETHOSTENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is
+ *	available.
  */
-/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP ""		/**/
+/*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT		/**/
 
-/* OSNAME:
- *	This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined
- *	by Configure.  You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
- *	feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
+/* HAS_SETNETENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is
+ *	available.
  */
-#define OSNAME "MSWin32"		/**/
+/*#define HAS_SETNETENT		/**/
 
-/* CAT2:
- *	This macro catenates 2 tokens together.
+/* HAS_SETPROTOENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is
+ *	available.
  */
-/* STRINGIFY:
- *	This macro surrounds its token with double quotes.
+/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT		/**/
+
+/* HAS_SETPWENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is
+ *	available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database.
  */
-#if 42 == 1
-#define CAT2(a,b)a/**/b
-#define STRINGIFY(a)"a"
-		/* If you can get stringification with catify, tell me how! */
-#endif
-#if 42 == 42
-#define CAT2(a,b)a ## b
-#define StGiFy(a)# a
-#define STRINGIFY(a)StGiFy(a)
-#endif
-#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42
-#include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor catenate tokens?"
-#endif
+/*#define HAS_SETPWENT		/**/
 
-/* CPPSTDIN:
- *	This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke
- *	the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
- *	output.	 Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also
- *	call a wrapper. See CPPRUN.
- */
-/* CPPMINUS:
- *	This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke
- *	the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
- *	output.  This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus
- *	to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "".
- */
-/* CPPRUN:
- *	This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on
- *	the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end
- *	with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified.
- *	The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a
- *	pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is
- *	available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from
- *	the preprocessor used to compile the C program.
- */
-/* CPPLAST:
- *	This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner
- *	symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "".
+/* HAS_SETSERVENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is
+ *	available.
  */
-#define CPPSTDIN "gcc -E"
-#define CPPMINUS "-"
-#define CPPRUN "gcc -E"
-#define CPPLAST ""
+/*#define HAS_SETSERVENT		/**/
 
-/* HAS_ACCESS:
- *	This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access()
- *	system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID.
- *	(always present on UNIX.)
+/* HAS_SETSPENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setspent system call is
+ *	available to initialize the scan of SysV shadow password entries.
  */
-#define HAS_ACCESS		/**/
+/*#define HAS_SETSPENT		/**/
 
-/* HAS_CSH:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists.
- */
-/* CSH:
- *	This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh.
+/* HAS_SETVBUF:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is
+ *	available to change buffering on an open stdio stream.
+ *	to a line-buffered mode.
  */
-/*#define HAS_CSH		/**/
-#ifdef HAS_CSH
-#define CSH ""	/**/
-#endif
+#define HAS_SETVBUF		/**/
 
-/* HAS_ENDGRENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
- *	available for finalizing sequential access of the group database.
+/* USE_SFIO:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that sfio should
+ *	be used.
  */
-/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT		/**/
+/*#define	USE_SFIO		/**/
 
-/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is
- *	available to close whatever was being used for host queries.
+/* HAS_SHM:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is
+ *	supported.
  */
-/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT		/**/
+/*#define HAS_SHM		/**/
 
-/* HAS_ENDNETENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is
- *	available to close whatever was being used for network queries.
+/* HAS_SIGACTION:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine
+ *	is available.
  */
-/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT		/**/
+/*#define HAS_SIGACTION	/**/
 
-/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is
- *	available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries.
+/* HAS_SIGSETJMP:
+ *	This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp()
+ *	routine is available to save the calling process's registers
+ *	and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and
+ *	to optionally save the process's signal mask.  See
+ *	Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp.
  */
-/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT		/**/
-
-/* HAS_ENDPWENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
- *	available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database.
+/* Sigjmp_buf:
+ *	This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp.
  */
-/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT		/**/
-
-/* HAS_ENDSERVENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is
- *	available to close whatever was being used for service queries.
+/* Sigsetjmp:
+ *	This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke
+ *	traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available.
+ *	See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
  */
-/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT		/**/
-
-/* HAS_GETGRENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
- *	available for sequential access of the group database.
+/* Siglongjmp:
+ *	This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke
+ *	traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available.
+ *	See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
  */
-/*#define HAS_GETGRENT		/**/
+/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP	/**/
+#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP
+#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf
+#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask))
+#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval))
+#else
+#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf
+#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf))
+#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval))
+#endif
 
-/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is
- *	available to look up hosts by their IP addresses.
+/* HAS_SOCKET:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is
+ *	supported.
  */
-#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR		/**/
-
-/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is
- *	available to look up host names in some data base or other.
+/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is
+ *	supported.
  */
-#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME		/**/
-
-/* HAS_GETHOSTENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is
- *	available to look up host names in some data base or another.
+/* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported.
+ *	Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ *	has been known to be an enum.
  */
-/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT		/**/
-
-/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
- *	gethostname() routine to derive the host name.  See also HAS_UNAME
- *	and PHOSTNAME.
+/* HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is supported.
+ *	Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ *	has been known to be an enum.
  */
-/* HAS_UNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
- *	uname() routine to derive the host name.  See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
- *	and PHOSTNAME.
+/* HAS_MSG_OOB:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_OOB is supported.
+ *	Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ *	has been known to be an enum.
  */
-/* PHOSTNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the
- *	popen() routine to derive the host name.  See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
- *	and HAS_UNAME.	Note that the command uses a fully qualified path,
- *	so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user
- *	privileges.
+/* HAS_MSG_PEEK:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PEEK is supported.
+ *	Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ *	has been known to be an enum.
  */
-/* HAS_PHOSTNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
- *	contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine
- *	to derive the host name.
+/* HAS_MSG_PROXY:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PROXY is supported.
+ *	Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ *	has been known to be an enum.
  */
-#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME	/**/
-#define HAS_UNAME		/**/
-#undef HAS_PHOSTNAME
-#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME
-#define PHOSTNAME ""	/* How to get the host name */
-#endif
+/* HAS_SCM_RIGHTS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the SCM_RIGHTS is supported.
+ *	Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ *	has been known to be an enum.
+ */
+#define	HAS_SOCKET		/**/
+/*#define	HAS_SOCKETPAIR	/**/
+/*#define	HAS_MSG_CTRUNC	/**/
+/*#define	HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE	/**/
+/*#define	HAS_MSG_OOB	/**/
+/*#define	HAS_MSG_PEEK	/**/
+/*#define	HAS_MSG_PROXY	/**/
+/*#define	HAS_SCM_RIGHTS	/**/
 
-/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is
- *	available to look up networks by their IP addresses.
+/* HAS_SQRTL:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sqrtl routine is
+ *	available to do long double square roots.
  */
-/*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR		/**/
+/*#define HAS_SQRTL		/**/
 
-/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is
- *	available to look up networks by their names.
+/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS:
+ *	This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring
+ *	st_blksize and st_blocks.
  */
-/*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME		/**/
+#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS
+/*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS 	/**/
+#endif
 
-/* HAS_GETNETENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is
- *	available to look up network names in some data base or another.
+/* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs
+ *	does have the f_flags member containing the mount flags of
+ *	the filesystem containing the file.
+ *	This kind of struct statfs is coming from <sys/mount.h> (BSD 4.3),
+ *	not from <sys/statfs.h> (SYSV).  Older BSDs (like Ultrix) do not
+ *	have statfs() and struct statfs, they have ustat() and getmnt()
+ *	with struct ustat and struct fs_data.
  */
-/*#define HAS_GETNETENT		/**/
+/*#define HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS		/**/
 
-/* HAS_GETPROTOENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is
- *	available to look up protocols in some data base or another.
+/* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs
+ *	to do statfs() is supported.
  */
-/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT		/**/
+/*#define HAS_STRUCT_STATFS	/**/
 
-/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname()
- *	routine is available to look up protocols by their name.
+/* HAS_FSTATVFS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatvfs routine is
+ *	available to stat filesystems by file descriptors.
  */
-/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber()
- *	routine is available to look up protocols by their number.
- */
-#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME		/**/
-#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER		/**/
-
-/* HAS_GETPWENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is
- *	available for sequential access of the passwd database.
- *	If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETPWENT		/**/
-
-/* HAS_GETSERVENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is
- *	available to look up network services in some data base or another.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT		/**/
-
-/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname()
- *	routine is available to look up services by their name.
- */
-/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport()
- *	routine is available to look up services by their port.
- */
-#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME		/**/
-#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT		/**/
-
-/* HAS_HTONL:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and
- *	friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
- *	order byte swapping.
- */
-/* HAS_HTONS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and
- *	friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
- *	order byte swapping.
- */
-/* HAS_NTOHL:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and
- *	friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network
- *	order byte swapping.
- */
-/* HAS_NTOHS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and
- *	friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network
- *	order byte swapping.
- */
-#define HAS_HTONL		/**/
-#define HAS_HTONS		/**/
-#define HAS_NTOHL		/**/
-#define HAS_NTOHS		/**/
-
-/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE:
- *	This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long
- *	doubles.
- */
-/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE:
- *	This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the 
- *	C preprocessor can make decisions based on it.  It is only
- *	defined if the system supports long doubles.
- */
-#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE		/**/
-#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
-#define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 12		/**/
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_LONG_LONG:
- *	This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long.
- */
-/* LONGLONGSIZE:
- *	This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the 
- *	C preprocessor can make decisions based on it.  It is only
- *	defined if the system supports long long.
- */
-/*#define HAS_LONG_LONG		/**/
-#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG
-#define LONGLONGSIZE 8		/**/
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_MEMCHR:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available
- *	to locate characters within a C string.
- */
-#define HAS_MEMCHR	/**/
-
-/* HAS_MSG:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is
- *	supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues).
- */
-/*#define HAS_MSG		/**/
-
-/* HAS_SEM:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is
- *	supported.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SEM		/**/
-
-/* HAS_SETGRENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is
- *	available for initializing sequential access of the group database.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETGRENT		/**/
-
-/* HAS_SETGROUPS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgroups() routine is
- *	available to set the list of process groups.  If unavailable, multiple
- *	groups are probably not supported.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETGROUPS		/**/
-
-/* HAS_SETHOSTENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is
- *	available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT		/**/
-
-/* HAS_SETNETENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is
- *	available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETNETENT		/**/
-
-/* HAS_SETPROTOENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is
- *	available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT		/**/
-
-/* HAS_SETPWENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is
- *	available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETPWENT		/**/
-
-/* HAS_SETSERVENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is
- *	available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETSERVENT		/**/
-
-/* HAS_SETVBUF:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is
- *	available to change buffering on an open stdio stream.
- *	to a line-buffered mode.
- */
-#define HAS_SETVBUF		/**/
-
-/* HAS_SHM:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is
- *	supported.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SHM		/**/
-
-/* HAS_SOCKET:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is
- *	supported.
- */
-/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is
- *	supported.
- */
-/* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported.
- *	Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- *	has been known to be an enum.
- */
-/* HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is supported.
- *	Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- *	has been known to be an enum.
- */
-/* HAS_MSG_OOB:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_OOB is supported.
- *	Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- *	has been known to be an enum.
- */
-/* HAS_MSG_PEEK:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PEEK is supported.
- *	Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- *	has been known to be an enum.
- */
-/* HAS_MSG_PROXY:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PROXY is supported.
- *	Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- *	has been known to be an enum.
- */
-/* HAS_SCM_RIGHTS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the SCM_RIGHTS is supported.
- *	Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- *	has been known to be an enum.
- */
-#define	HAS_SOCKET		/**/
-/*#define	HAS_SOCKETPAIR	/**/
-/*#define	HAS_MSG_CTRUNC	/**/
-/*#define	HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE	/**/
-/*#define	HAS_MSG_OOB	/**/
-/*#define	HAS_MSG_PEEK	/**/
-/*#define	HAS_MSG_PROXY	/**/
-/*#define	HAS_SCM_RIGHTS	/**/
-
-/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS:
- *	This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring
- *	st_blksize and st_blocks.
- */
-#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS
-/*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS 	/**/
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_STRERROR:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is
- *	available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup
- *	of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own.
- */
-/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is
- *	available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int
- *	sys_nerr gives the size of that table.
- */
-/* Strerror:
- *	This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is
- *	not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[]
- *	array is there.
- */
-#define HAS_STRERROR		/**/
-#define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST	/**/
-#define Strerror(e) strerror(e)
-
-/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is
- *	defined by including <sys/sem.h>.  If not, the user code
- *	probably needs to define it as:
- *	union semun {
- *	    int val;
- *	    struct semid_ds *buf;
- *	    unsigned short *array;
- *	}
- */
-/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is
- *	used for semctl IPC_STAT.
- */
-/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is
- *	used for semctl IPC_STAT.
- */
-#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN	/**/
-/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN	/**/
-/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS	/**/
-
-/* HAS_VFORK:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists.
- */
-/*#define HAS_VFORK	/**/
-
-/* Signal_t:
- *	This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the
- *	appropriate return type of a signal handler.  Thus, you can declare
- *	a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the
- *	handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)".
- */
-#define Signal_t void	/* Signal handler's return type */
-
-/* Groups_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used for the second argument to
- *	getgroups() and setgropus().  Usually, this is the same as
- *	gidtype (gid_t) , but sometimes it isn't.
- *	It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... 
- *	It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get any 
- *	typedef'ed information.  This is only required if you have
- *	getgroups() or setgropus()..
- */
-#if defined(HAS_GETGROUPS) || defined(HAS_SETGROUPS)
-#define Groups_t gid_t	/* Type for 2nd arg to [sg]etgroups() */
-#endif
-
-/* I_GRP:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- *	include <grp.h>.
- */
-/* GRPASSWD:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group
- *	in <grp.h> contains gr_passwd.
- */
-/*#define I_GRP		/**/
-/*#define GRPASSWD	/**/
-
-/* I_NETDB:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> exists and
- *	should be included.
- */
-/*#define I_NETDB		/**/
-
-/* I_PWD:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- *	include <pwd.h>.
- */
-/* PWQUOTA:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- *	contains pw_quota.
- */
-/* PWAGE:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- *	contains pw_age.
- */
-/* PWCHANGE:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- *	contains pw_change.
- */
-/* PWCLASS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- *	contains pw_class.
- */
-/* PWEXPIRE:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- *	contains pw_expire.
- */
-/* PWCOMMENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- *	contains pw_comment.
- */
-/* PWGECOS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- *	contains pw_gecos.
- */
-/* PWPASSWD:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- *	contains pw_passwd.
- */
-/*#define I_PWD		/**/
-/*#define PWQUOTA	/**/
-/*#define PWAGE	/**/
-/*#define PWCHANGE	/**/
-/*#define PWCLASS	/**/
-/*#define PWEXPIRE	/**/
-/*#define PWCOMMENT	/**/
-/*#define PWGECOS	/**/
-/*#define PWPASSWD	/**/
-
-/* I_SYSUIO:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/uio.h> exists and
- *	should be included.
- */
-/*#define	I_SYSUIO		/**/
+/*#define HAS_FSTATVFS		/**/
 
-/* Free_t:
- *	This variable contains the return type of free().  It is usually
- * void, but occasionally int.
- */
-/* Malloc_t:
- *	This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc.
+/* USE_STDIO_PTR:
+ *	This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar)
+ *	of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer
+ *	for a file handle.  If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp)
+ *	and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used
+ *	to access these fields.
  */
-#define Malloc_t void *			/**/
-#define Free_t void			/**/
-
-/* MYMALLOC:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc.
+/* FILE_ptr:
+ *	This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the
+ *	FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
+ *	defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
  */
-/*#define MYMALLOC			/**/
-
-/* SIG_NAME:
- *	This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of
- *	signal number. This is intended
- *	to be used as a static array initialization, like this:
- *		char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME };
- *	The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal
- *	is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal
- *	name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT".
- *	Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn,
- *	etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37).
- *	The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i].
- *	The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL.  This
- *	corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_num list.
+/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE:
+ *	This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an
+ *	lvalue.
  */
-/* SIG_NUM:
- *	This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the
- *	SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in:
- *		int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM };
- *	The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices
- *	within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute
- *	the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small
- *	dynamic linear lookup. 
- *	Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list.
- *	The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i].
- *	if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i.  
- *	The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of
- *	the sig_name list.
+/* FILE_cnt:
+ *	This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the
+ *	FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
+ *	defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
  */
-#define SIG_NAME "ZERO", "NUM01", "INT", "QUIT", "ILL", "NUM05", "NUM06", "NUM07", "FPE", "KILL", "NUM10", "SEGV", "NUM12", "PIPE", "ALRM", "TERM", "NUM16", "NUM17", "NUM18", "NUM19", "CHLD", "BREAK", "ABRT", "STOP", "NUM24", "CONT", "CLD", 0		/**/
-#define SIG_NUM  0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 20, 0		/**/
-
-/* VOIDFLAGS:
- *	This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this
- *	compiler.  What various bits mean:
- *
- *	    1 = supports declaration of void
- *	    2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void
- *	    4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and
- *		    addresses of void functions
- *	    8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers
- *
- *	The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements
- *	of the package.  This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before
- *	including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U.  If the
- *	latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested.  If the
- *	level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int.
+/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE:
+ *	This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an
+ *	lvalue.
  */
-#ifndef VOIDUSED
-#define VOIDUSED 15
-#endif
-#define VOIDFLAGS 15
-#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED
-#define void int		/* is void to be avoided? */
-#define M_VOID			/* Xenix strikes again */
+#define USE_STDIO_PTR 	/**/
+#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR
+#define FILE_ptr(fp)	((fp)->_ptr)
+#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE 		/**/
+#define FILE_cnt(fp)	((fp)->_cnt)
+#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE 		/**/
 #endif
 
-/* HAS_ATOLF:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atolf routine is
- *	available to convert strings into long doubles.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ATOLF		/**/
-
-/* HAS_ATOLL:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atoll routine is
- *	available to convert strings into long longs.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ATOLL		/**/
-
-/* PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl 5.006 should be
- *	binary-compatible with Perl 5.005.  This is impossible for builds
- *	that use features like threads and multiplicity it is always undef
- *	for those versions.
- */
-/*#define PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005			/**/
-
-/* DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that we need to prepend an
- *	underscore to the symbol name before calling dlsym().  This only
- *	makes sense if you *have* dlsym, which we will presume is the
- *	case if you're using dl_dlopen.xs.
- */
-/*#define 	DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE 	/**/
-
-/* HAS_ENDSPENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endspent system call is
- *	available to finalize the scan of SysV shadow password entries.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDSPENT		/**/
-
-/* HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct fs_data
- *	to do statfs() is supported.
- */
-/*#define HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA	/**/
-
-/* HAS_FSEEKO:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fseeko routine is
- *	available to fseek beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts).
- */
-/*#define HAS_FSEEKO		/**/
-
-/* HAS_FSTATFS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatfs routine is
- *	available to stat filesystems by file descriptors.
- */
-/*#define HAS_FSTATFS		/**/
-/* HAS_FTELLO:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ftello routine is
- *	available to ftell beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts).
- */
-/*#define HAS_FTELLO		/**/
-
-/* HAS_GETMNT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmnt routine is
- *	available to get filesystem mount info by filename.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETMNT		/**/
-
-/* HAS_GETMNTENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmntent routine is
- *	available to iterate through mounted file systems to get their info.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETMNTENT		/**/
-
-/* HAS_GETSPENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspent system call is
- *	available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries sequentially.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETSPENT		/**/
-
-/* HAS_GETSPNAM:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam system call is
- *	available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries by name.
+/* USE_STDIO_BASE:
+ *	This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the
+ *	stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for
+ *	a file handle.  If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro
+ *	will also be defined and should be used to access this field.
+ *	Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used
+ *	to determine the number of bytes in the buffer.  USE_STDIO_BASE
+ *	will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is.
  */
-/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM		/**/
-
-/* HAS_HASMNTOPT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the hasmntopt routine is
- *	available to query the mount options of file systems.
+/* FILE_base:
+ *	This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the
+ *	FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
+ *	defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
  */
-/*#define HAS_HASMNTOPT		/**/
-
-/* HAS_INT64_T:
- *     This symbol will defined if the C compiler supports int64_t.
- *     Usually the <inttypes.h> needs to be included, but sometimes
- *	<sys/types.h> is enough.
+/* FILE_bufsiz:
+ *	This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O
+ *	buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE
+ *	structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined
+ *	if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
  */
-/*#define     HAS_INT64_T               /**/
+#define USE_STDIO_BASE 	/**/
+#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE
+#define FILE_base(fp)	((fp)->_base)
+#define FILE_bufsiz(fp)	((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base)
+#endif
 
-/* HAS_LDBL_DIG:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's <float.h>
- *	or <limits.h> defines the symbol LDBL_DIG, which is the number
- *	of significant digits in a long double precision number. Unlike
- *	for DBL_DIG, there's no good guess for LDBL_DIG if it is undefined.
+/* HAS_STRERROR:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is
+ *	available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup
+ *	of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own.
  */
-#define HAS_LDBL_DIG 	/**/
-
-/* HAS_SETSPENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setspent system call is
- *	available to initialize the scan of SysV shadow password entries.
+/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is
+ *	available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int
+ *	sys_nerr gives the size of that table.
  */
-/*#define HAS_SETSPENT		/**/
-
-/* USE_SFIO:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that sfio should
- *	be used.
+/* Strerror:
+ *	This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is
+ *	not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[]
+ *	array is there.
  */
-/*#define	USE_SFIO		/**/
+#define HAS_STRERROR		/**/
+#define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST	/**/
+#define Strerror(e) strerror(e)
 
-/* HAS_SQRTL:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sqrtl routine is
- *	available to do long double square roots.
+/* HAS_STRTOLD:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtold routine is
+ *	available to convert strings to long doubles.
  */
-/*#define HAS_SQRTL		/**/
+/*#define HAS_STRTOLD		/**/
 
-/* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs
- *	does have the f_flags member containing the mount flags of
- *	the filesystem containing the file.
- *	This kind of struct statfs is coming from <sys/mount.h> (BSD 4.3),
- *	not from <sys/statfs.h> (SYSV).  Older BSDs (like Ultrix) do not
- *	have statfs() and struct statfs, they have ustat() and getmnt()
- *	with struct ustat and struct fs_data.
+/* HAS_STRTOLL:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoll routine is
+ *	available to convert strings to long longs.
  */
-/*#define HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS		/**/
+/*#define HAS_STRTOLL		/**/
 
-/* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs
- *	to do statfs() is supported.
+/* HAS_STRTOULL:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoull routine is
+ *	available to convert strings to unsigned long longs.
  */
-/*#define HAS_STRUCT_STATFS	/**/
+/*#define HAS_STRTOULL		/**/
 
-/* HAS_FSTATVFS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatvfs routine is
- *	available to stat filesystems by file descriptors.
+/* HAS_STRTOUQ:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtouq routine is
+ *	available to convert strings to unsigned long longs (quads).
  */
-/*#define HAS_FSTATVFS		/**/
+/*#define HAS_STRTOUQ		/**/
 
 /* HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
@@ -2260,18 +1983,93 @@
  */
 #define	HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO	/**/
 
+/* Time_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long,
+ *	or time_t on BSD sites (in which case <sys/types.h> should be
+ *	included).
+ */
+#define Time_t time_t		/* Time type */
+
+/* HAS_TIMES:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists.
+ *	Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now
+ * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include <sys/times.h>.
+ */
+#define HAS_TIMES		/**/
+
+/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is
+ *	defined by including <sys/sem.h>.  If not, the user code
+ *	probably needs to define it as:
+ *	union semun {
+ *	    int val;
+ *	    struct semid_ds *buf;
+ *	    unsigned short *array;
+ *	}
+ */
+/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is
+ *	used for semctl IPC_STAT.
+ */
+/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is
+ *	used for semctl IPC_STAT.
+ */
+#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN	/**/
+/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN	/**/
+/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS	/**/
+
 /* HAS_USTAT:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ustat system call is
  *	available to query file system statistics by dev_t.
  */
 /*#define HAS_USTAT		/**/
 
+/* HAS_VFORK:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_VFORK	/**/
+
+/* Signal_t:
+ *	This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the
+ *	appropriate return type of a signal handler.  Thus, you can declare
+ *	a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the
+ *	handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)".
+ */
+#define Signal_t void	/* Signal handler's return type */
+
+/* HAS_VPRINTF:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available
+ *	to printf with a pointer to an argument list.  If unavailable, you
+ *	may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt().
+ */
+/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF:
+ *	This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type
+ *	(char*).  The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()".  It
+ *	is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the
+ *	symbol.
+ */
+#define HAS_VPRINTF	/**/
+/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF 	/**/
+
 /* USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that dynamic loading of
  *	some sort is available.
  */
 #define USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING		/**/
 
+/* DOUBLESIZE:
+ *	This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor
+ *	can make decisions based on it.
+ */
+#define DOUBLESIZE 8		/**/
+
+/* EBCDIC:
+ *     This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses
+ *	EBCDIC encoding.
+ */
+/*#define	EBCDIC 		/**/
+
 /* FFLUSH_NULL:
  *	This symbol, if defined, tells that fflush(NULL) does flush
  *	all pending stdio output.
@@ -2286,6 +2084,45 @@
 #define	FFLUSH_NULL 		/**/
 /*#define	FFLUSH_ALL 		/**/
 
+/* Fpos_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc.
+ *	It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Fpos_t fpos_t		/* File position type */
+
+/* Gid_t_f:
+ *	This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t.
+ */
+#define	Gid_t_f		"ld"		/**/
+
+/* Gid_t_size:
+ *	This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes.
+ */
+#define Gid_t_size 4		/* GID size */
+
+/* Gid_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of
+ *	argument to setrgid() and related functions.  Typically,
+ *	it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort,
+ *	uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get
+ *	any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Gid_t gid_t		/* Type for getgid(), etc... */
+
+/* Groups_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used for the second argument to
+ *	getgroups() and setgropus().  Usually, this is the same as
+ *	gidtype (gid_t) , but sometimes it isn't.
+ *	It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... 
+ *	It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get any 
+ *	typedef'ed information.  This is only required if you have
+ *	getgroups() or setgropus()..
+ */
+#if defined(HAS_GETGROUPS) || defined(HAS_SETGROUPS)
+#define Groups_t gid_t	/* Type for 2nd arg to [sg]etgroups() */
+#endif
+
 /* DB_Prefix_t:
  *	This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element
  *	in the <db.h> header file.  In older versions of DB, it was
@@ -2299,18 +2136,41 @@
 #define DB_Hash_t	int		/**/
 #define DB_Prefix_t	int  	/**/
 
+/* I_GRP:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ *	include <grp.h>.
+ */
+/* GRPASSWD:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group
+ *	in <grp.h> contains gr_passwd.
+ */
+/*#define I_GRP		/**/
+/*#define GRPASSWD	/**/
+
 /* I_INTTYPES:
  *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
  *     include <inttypes.h>.
  */
 /*#define   I_INTTYPES                /**/
 
+/* I_MACH_CTHREADS:
+ *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ *     include <mach/cthreads.h>.
+ */
+/*#define   I_MACH_CTHREADS	/**/
+
 /* I_MNTENT:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <mntent.h> exists and
  *	should be included.
  */
 /*#define	I_MNTENT		/**/
 
+/* I_NETDB:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> exists and
+ *	should be included.
+ */
+/*#define I_NETDB		/**/
+
 /* I_NETINET_TCP:
  *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
  *     include <netinet/tcp.h>.
@@ -2323,6 +2183,58 @@
  */
 /*#define	I_POLL		/**/
 
+/* I_PTHREAD:
+ *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ *     include <pthread.h>.
+ */
+/*#define   I_PTHREAD	/**/
+
+/* I_PWD:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ *	include <pwd.h>.
+ */
+/* PWQUOTA:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ *	contains pw_quota.
+ */
+/* PWAGE:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ *	contains pw_age.
+ */
+/* PWCHANGE:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ *	contains pw_change.
+ */
+/* PWCLASS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ *	contains pw_class.
+ */
+/* PWEXPIRE:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ *	contains pw_expire.
+ */
+/* PWCOMMENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ *	contains pw_comment.
+ */
+/* PWGECOS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ *	contains pw_gecos.
+ */
+/* PWPASSWD:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ *	contains pw_passwd.
+ */
+/*#define I_PWD		/**/
+/*#define PWQUOTA	/**/
+/*#define PWAGE	/**/
+/*#define PWCHANGE	/**/
+/*#define PWCLASS	/**/
+/*#define PWEXPIRE	/**/
+/*#define PWCOMMENT	/**/
+/*#define PWGECOS	/**/
+/*#define PWPASSWD	/**/
+
 /* I_SHADOW:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <shadow.h> exists and
  *	should be included.
@@ -2352,18 +2264,49 @@
  */
 /*#define	I_SYS_STATVFS		/**/
 
+/* I_SYSUIO:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/uio.h> exists and
+ *	should be included.
+ */
+/*#define	I_SYSUIO		/**/
+
 /* I_SYS_VFS:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/vfs.h> exists and
  *	should be included.
  */
 /*#define	I_SYS_VFS		/**/
 
+/* I_TIME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ *	include <time.h>.
+ */
+/* I_SYS_TIME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ *	include <sys/time.h>.
+ */
+/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ *	include <sys/time.h> with KERNEL defined.
+ */
+#define I_TIME		/**/
+/*#define I_SYS_TIME		/**/
+/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL		/**/
+
 /* I_USTAT:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ustat.h> exists and
  *	should be included.
  */
 /*#define	I_USTAT		/**/
 
+/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST:
+ *	This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over
+ *	which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically
+ *	search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable
+ *	for a C initialization string.  See the inc_version_list entry
+ *	in Porting/Glossary for more details.
+ */
+#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 		/**/
+
 /* HAS_OFF64_T:
  *	This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports off64_t.
  */
@@ -2384,6 +2327,92 @@
 /*#define PERL_PRIfldbl	"f"	/**/
 /*#define PERL_PRIgldbl	"g"	/**/
 
+/* Off_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel.
+ *	It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+/* LSEEKSIZE:
+ *	This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
+ */
+/* Off_t_size:
+ *	This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
+ */
+#define Off_t off_t		/* <offset> type */
+#define LSEEKSIZE 4		/* <offset> size */
+#define Off_t_size 4	/* <offset> size */
+
+/* Free_t:
+ *	This variable contains the return type of free().  It is usually
+ * void, but occasionally int.
+ */
+/* Malloc_t:
+ *	This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc.
+ */
+#define Malloc_t void *			/**/
+#define Free_t void			/**/
+
+/* MYMALLOC:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc.
+ */
+/*#define MYMALLOC			/**/
+
+/* Mode_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes 
+ *	for systems calls.  It is usually mode_t, but may be
+ *	int or unsigned short.  It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h>
+ *	to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Mode_t mode_t	 /* file mode parameter for system calls */
+
+/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK:
+ *	This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on
+ *	non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way
+ *	back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to
+ *	alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the
+ *	ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices.
+ */
+/* VAL_EAGAIN:
+ *	This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was
+ *	present on the non-blocking file descriptor.
+ */
+/* RD_NODATA:
+ *	This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present
+ *	on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is
+ *	not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by
+ *	issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure!
+ */
+/* EOF_NONBLOCK:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on
+ *	a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value
+ *	held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!).
+ */
+#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK
+#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN
+#define RD_NODATA -1
+#define EOF_NONBLOCK
+
+/* Netdb_host_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument
+ *	to gethostbyaddr().
+ */
+/* Netdb_hlen_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument
+ *	to gethostbyaddr().
+ */
+/* Netdb_name_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used for the argument to
+ *	gethostbyname().
+ */
+/* Netdb_net_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to
+ *	getnetbyaddr().
+ */
+#define Netdb_host_t		char * /**/
+#define Netdb_hlen_t		int /**/
+#define Netdb_name_t		char * /**/
+#define Netdb_net_t		long /**/
+
 /* IVTYPE:
  *	This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's IV.
  */
@@ -2494,6 +2523,59 @@
 #define	UVof		"lo"		/**/
 #define	UVxf		"lx"		/**/
 
+/* Pid_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel.
+ *	It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Pid_t int		/* PID type */
+
+/* PRIVLIB:
+ *	This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
+ *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
+ *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.  The program
+ *	should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
+ */
+/* PRIVLIB_EXP:
+ *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used
+ *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+#define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\5.5.640\\lib"		/**/
+#define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib("5.5.640"))	/**/
+
+/* PTRSIZE:
+ *	This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor
+ *	can make decisions based on it.  It will be sizeof(void *) if
+ *	the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be
+ *	sizeof(char *).
+ */
+#define PTRSIZE 4		/**/
+
+/* Drand01:
+ *	This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed
+ *	random numbers over the range [0., 1.[.  You may have to supply
+ *	an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3
+ *	doesn't provide you with anything relevant in it's headers.
+ *	See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO.
+ */
+/* Rand_seed_t:
+ *	This symbol defines the type of the argument of the
+ *	random seed function.
+ */
+/* seedDrand01:
+ *	This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the
+ *	random number generator (see Drand01).
+ */
+/* RANDBITS:
+ *	This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the
+ *	function used to generate normalized random numbers.
+ *	Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48.
+ */
+#define Drand01()		(rand()/(double)((unsigned)1<<RANDBITS))		/**/
+#define Rand_seed_t		unsigned		/**/
+#define seedDrand01(x)	srand((Rand_seed_t)x)	/**/
+#define RANDBITS		15		/**/
+
 /* SELECT_MIN_BITS:
  *	This symbol holds the minimum number of bits operated by select.
  *	That is, if you do select(n, ...), how many bits at least will be
@@ -2501,7 +2583,100 @@
  *	is either n or 32*ceil(n/32), especially many little-endians do
  *	the latter.  This is only useful if you have select(), naturally.
  */
-#define SELECT_MIN_BITS 	32	/**/
+#define SELECT_MIN_BITS 	32	/**/
+
+/* Select_fd_set_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th
+ *	arguments to select.  Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET
+ *	is defined, and 'int *' otherwise.  This is only useful if you 
+ *	have select(), of course.
+ */
+#define Select_fd_set_t 	Perl_fd_set *	/**/
+
+/* SIG_NAME:
+ *	This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of
+ *	signal number. This is intended
+ *	to be used as a static array initialization, like this:
+ *		char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME };
+ *	The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal
+ *	is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal
+ *	name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT".
+ *	Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn,
+ *	etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37).
+ *	The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i].
+ *	The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL.  This
+ *	corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_num list.
+ */
+/* SIG_NUM:
+ *	This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the
+ *	SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in:
+ *		int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM };
+ *	The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices
+ *	within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute
+ *	the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small
+ *	dynamic linear lookup. 
+ *	Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list.
+ *	The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i].
+ *	if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i.  
+ *	The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of
+ *	the sig_name list.
+ */
+#define SIG_NAME "ZERO", "NUM01", "INT", "QUIT", "ILL", "NUM05", "NUM06", "NUM07", "FPE", "KILL", "NUM10", "SEGV", "NUM12", "PIPE", "ALRM", "TERM", "NUM16", "NUM17", "NUM18", "NUM19", "CHLD", "BREAK", "ABRT", "STOP", "NUM24", "CONT", "CLD", 0		/**/
+#define SIG_NUM  0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 20, 0		/**/
+
+/* SITEARCH:
+ *	This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
+ *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
+ *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.  The program
+ *	should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
+ *	The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
+ *	After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
+ *	architecture-dependent modules in this directory with
+ *		MakeMaker Makefile.PL
+ *	or equivalent.  See INSTALL for details.
+ */
+/* SITEARCH_EXP:
+ *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used
+ *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+#define SITEARCH "c:\\perl\\site\\5.5.640\\lib\\MSWin32-x86"		/**/
+/*#define SITEARCH_EXP ""	/**/
+
+/* SITELIB:
+ *	This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
+ *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
+ *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.  The program
+ *	should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
+ *	The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
+ *	After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
+ *	architecture-independent modules in this directory with
+ *		MakeMaker Makefile.PL
+ *	or equivalent.  See INSTALL for details.
+ */
+/* SITELIB_EXP:
+ *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used
+ *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+#define SITELIB "c:\\perl\\site\\5.5.640\\lib"		/**/
+#define SITELIB_EXP (win32_get_sitelib("5.5.640"))	/**/
+
+/* Size_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters
+ *	for string functions.  It is usually size_t, but may be
+ *	unsigned long, int, etc.  It may be necessary to include
+ *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Size_t size_t	 /* length paramater for string functions */
+
+/* SSize_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used by functions that return
+ *	a count of bytes or an error condition.  It must be a signed type.
+ *	It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc.
+ *	It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> or <unistd.h>
+ *	to get any typedef'ed information.
+ *	We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t).
+ */
+#define SSize_t int	 /* signed count of bytes */
 
 /* STARTPERL:
  *	This variable contains the string to put in front of a perl
@@ -2521,11 +2696,22 @@
 /*#define	HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY	/**/
 #define STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY	
 
-/* HAS_STRTOULL:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoull routine is
- *	available to convert strings into unsigned long longs.
+/* Uid_t_f:
+ *	This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t.
  */
-/*#define HAS_STRTOULL		/**/
+#define	Uid_t_f		"ld"		/**/
+
+/* Uid_t_size:
+ *	This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes.
+ */
+#define Uid_t_size 4		/* UID size */
+
+/* Uid_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel.
+ *	It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Uid_t uid_t		/* UID type */
 
 /* USE_64_BITS:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit integers should
@@ -2590,124 +2776,6 @@
 /*#define	USE_SOCKS		/**/
 #endif
 
-/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- *	a prototype for the drand48() function.  Otherwise, it is up
- *	to the program to supply one.  A good guess is
- *		extern double drand48 _((void));
- */
-/*#define	HAS_DRAND48_PROTO	/**/
-
-/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- *	prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and
- *	gethostbyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-#define	HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS	/**/
-
-/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- *	prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and
- *	getnetbyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-/*#define	HAS_GETNET_PROTOS	/**/
-
-/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- *	prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and
- *	getprotobyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-#define	HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS	/**/
-
-/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- *	prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and
- *	getservbyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-#define	HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS	/**/
-
-/* Netdb_host_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument
- *	to gethostbyaddr().
- */
-/* Netdb_hlen_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument
- *	to gethostbyaddr().
- */
-/* Netdb_name_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used for the argument to
- *	gethostbyname().
- */
-/* Netdb_net_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to
- *	getnetbyaddr().
- */
-#define Netdb_host_t		char * /**/
-#define Netdb_hlen_t		int /**/
-#define Netdb_name_t		char * /**/
-#define Netdb_net_t		long /**/
-
-/* Select_fd_set_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th
- *	arguments to select.  Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET
- *	is defined, and 'int *' otherwise.  This is only useful if you 
- *	have select(), of course.
- */
-#define Select_fd_set_t 	Perl_fd_set *	/**/
-
-/* ARCHNAME:
- *	This symbol holds a string representing the architecture name.
- *	It may be used to construct an architecture-dependant pathname
- *	where library files may be held under a private library, for
- *	instance.
- */
-#define ARCHNAME "MSWin32-x86"		/**/
-
-/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread
- *	in joinable (aka undetached) state.  NOTE: not defined
- *	if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE
- *	(the new version of the constant).
- *	If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED
- *	and __UNDETACHED.
- */
-/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE  /**/
-
-/* HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_yield 
- *	routine is available to yield the execution of the current
- *	thread.	 sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield.
- */
-/* SCHED_YIELD:
- *	This symbol defines the way to yield the execution of
- *	the current thread.  Known ways are sched_yield,
- *	pthread_yield, and pthread_yield with NULL.
- */
-/* HAS_SCHED_YIELD:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sched_yield
- *	routine is available to yield the execution of the current
- *	thread.	 sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield.
- */
-/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD	/**/
-#define SCHED_YIELD		/**/
-/*#define HAS_SCHED_YIELD	/**/
-
-/* I_MACH_CTHREADS:
- *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- *     include <mach/cthreads.h>.
- */
-/*#define   I_MACH_CTHREADS	/**/
-
-/* I_PTHREAD:
- *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- *     include <pthread.h>.
- */
-/*#define   I_PTHREAD	/**/
-
 /* USE_ITHREADS:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to
  *	use the interpreter-based threading implementation.
@@ -2727,99 +2795,35 @@
 #endif
 /*#define	OLD_PTHREADS_API		/**/
 
-/* Time_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long,
- *	or time_t on BSD sites (in which case <sys/types.h> should be
- *	included).
- */
-#define Time_t time_t		/* Time type */
-
-/* HAS_TIMES:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists.
- *	Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now
- * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include <sys/times.h>.
- */
-#define HAS_TIMES		/**/
-
-/* Fpos_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc.
- *	It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include
- *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Fpos_t fpos_t		/* File position type */
-
-/* Gid_t_f:
- *	This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t.
- */
-#define	Gid_t_f		"ld"		/**/
-
-/* Gid_t_size:
- *	This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes.
- */
-#define Gid_t_size 4		/* GID size */
-
-/* Gid_t:
- *	This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of
- *	argument to setrgid() and related functions.  Typically,
- *	it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort,
- *	uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get
- *	any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Gid_t gid_t		/* Type for getgid(), etc... */
-
-/* Off_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel.
- *	It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
- *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-/* LSEEKSIZE:
- *	This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
- */
-/* Off_t_size:
- *	This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
- */
-#define Off_t off_t		/* <offset> type */
-#define LSEEKSIZE 4		/* <offset> size */
-#define Off_t_size 4	/* <offset> size */
-
-/* Mode_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes 
- *	for systems calls.  It is usually mode_t, but may be
- *	int or unsigned short.  It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h>
- *	to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Mode_t mode_t	 /* file mode parameter for system calls */
-
-/* Pid_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel.
- *	It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
- *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Pid_t int		/* PID type */
-
-/* Size_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters
- *	for string functions.  It is usually size_t, but may be
- *	unsigned long, int, etc.  It may be necessary to include
- *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Size_t size_t	 /* length paramater for string functions */
-
-/* Uid_t_f:
- *	This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t.
- */
-#define	Uid_t_f		"ld"		/**/
-
-/* Uid_t_size:
- *	This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes.
+/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP:
+ *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used
+ *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
  */
-#define Uid_t_size 4		/* UID size */
+/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP ""		/**/
 
-/* Uid_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel.
- *	It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
- *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+/* VOIDFLAGS:
+ *	This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this
+ *	compiler.  What various bits mean:
+ *
+ *	    1 = supports declaration of void
+ *	    2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void
+ *	    4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and
+ *		    addresses of void functions
+ *	    8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers
+ *
+ *	The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements
+ *	of the package.  This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before
+ *	including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U.  If the
+ *	latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested.  If the
+ *	level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int.
  */
-#define Uid_t uid_t		/* UID type */
+#ifndef VOIDUSED
+#define VOIDUSED 15
+#endif
+#define VOIDFLAGS 15
+#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED
+#define void int		/* is void to be avoided? */
+#define M_VOID			/* Xenix strikes again */
+#endif
 
 #endif
diff --git a/win32/config_H.vc b/win32/config_H.vc
index 4e1964f..dc01999 100644
--- a/win32/config_H.vc
+++ b/win32/config_H.vc
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
 /*
  * Package name      : perl5
  * Source directory  : 
- * Configuration time: Sun Jan  9 15:13:19 2000
+ * Configuration time: Tue Jan 18 21:02:27 2000
  * Configured by     : gsar
  * Target system     : 
  */
@@ -1051,6 +1051,13 @@
  */
 /*#define   I_SYS_SECURITY	/**/
 
+/* OSNAME:
+ *	This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined
+ *	by Configure.  You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
+ *	feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
+ */
+#define OSNAME "MSWin32"		/**/
+
 /* MEM_ALIGNBYTES:
  *	This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a
  *	double. Usual values are 2, 4 and 8. The default is eight,
@@ -1062,6 +1069,61 @@
 #define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8
 #endif
 
+/* ARCHLIB:
+ *	This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in
+ *	which the user wants to put architecture-dependent public
+ *	library files for perl5.  It is most often a local directory
+ *	such as /usr/local/lib.  Programs using this variable must be
+ *	prepared to deal with filename expansion.  If ARCHLIB is the
+ *	same as PRIVLIB, it is not defined, since presumably the
+ *	program already searches PRIVLIB.
+ */
+/* ARCHLIB_EXP:
+ *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of ARCHLIB, to be used
+ *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+#define ARCHLIB "c:\\perl\\5.5.640\\lib\\MSWin32-x86"		/**/
+/*#define ARCHLIB_EXP ""	/**/
+
+/* ARCHNAME:
+ *	This symbol holds a string representing the architecture name.
+ *	It may be used to construct an architecture-dependant pathname
+ *	where library files may be held under a private library, for
+ *	instance.
+ */
+#define ARCHNAME "MSWin32-x86"		/**/
+
+/* HAS_ATOLF:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atolf routine is
+ *	available to convert strings into long doubles.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ATOLF		/**/
+
+/* HAS_ATOLL:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atoll routine is
+ *	available to convert strings into long longs.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ATOLL		/**/
+
+/* BIN:
+ *	This symbol holds the path of the bin directory where the package will
+ *	be installed. Program must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution.
+ */
+/* BIN_EXP:
+ *	This symbol is the filename expanded version of the BIN symbol, for
+ *	programs that do not want to deal with that at run-time.
+ */
+#define BIN "c:\\perl\\5.5.640\\bin\\MSWin32-x86"	/**/
+#define BIN_EXP "c:\\perl\\5.5.640\\bin\\MSWin32-x86"	/**/
+
+/* PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl 5.006 should be
+ *	binary-compatible with Perl 5.005.  This is impossible for builds
+ *	that use features like threads and multiplicity it is always undef
+ *	for those versions.
+ */
+/*#define PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005			/**/
+
 /* BYTEORDER:
  *	This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder,
  *	i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321, etc...
@@ -1105,6 +1167,58 @@
 #define BYTEORDER 0x1234	/* large digits for MSB */
 #endif /* NeXT */
 
+/* CAT2:
+ *	This macro catenates 2 tokens together.
+ */
+/* STRINGIFY:
+ *	This macro surrounds its token with double quotes.
+ */
+#if 42 == 1
+#define CAT2(a,b)a/**/b
+#define STRINGIFY(a)"a"
+		/* If you can get stringification with catify, tell me how! */
+#endif
+#if 42 == 42
+#define CAT2(a,b)a ## b
+#define StGiFy(a)# a
+#define STRINGIFY(a)StGiFy(a)
+#endif
+#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42
+#include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor catenate tokens?"
+#endif
+
+/* CPPSTDIN:
+ *	This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke
+ *	the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
+ *	output.	 Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also
+ *	call a wrapper. See CPPRUN.
+ */
+/* CPPMINUS:
+ *	This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke
+ *	the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
+ *	output.  This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus
+ *	to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "".
+ */
+/* CPPRUN:
+ *	This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on
+ *	the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end
+ *	with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified.
+ *	The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a
+ *	pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is
+ *	available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from
+ *	the preprocessor used to compile the C program.
+ */
+#define CPPSTDIN "cl -nologo -E"
+#define CPPMINUS ""
+#define CPPRUN "cl -nologo -E"
+
+/* HAS_ACCESS:
+ *	This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access()
+ *	system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID.
+ *	(always present on UNIX.)
+ */
+#define HAS_ACCESS		/**/
+
 /* CASTI32:
  *	This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative
  *	or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints.
@@ -1132,12 +1246,104 @@
  */
 /*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR		/**/
 
+/* HAS_CSH:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists.
+ */
+/* CSH:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_CSH		/**/
+#ifdef HAS_CSH
+#define CSH ""	/**/
+#endif
+
+/* DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that we need to prepend an
+ *	underscore to the symbol name before calling dlsym().  This only
+ *	makes sense if you *have* dlsym, which we will presume is the
+ *	case if you're using dl_dlopen.xs.
+ */
+/*#define 	DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE 	/**/
+
+/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
+ *	a prototype for the drand48() function.  Otherwise, it is up
+ *	to the program to supply one.  A good guess is
+ *		extern double drand48 _((void));
+ */
+/*#define	HAS_DRAND48_PROTO	/**/
+
+/* HAS_ENDGRENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
+ *	available for finalizing sequential access of the group database.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT		/**/
+
+/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is
+ *	available to close whatever was being used for host queries.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT		/**/
+
+/* HAS_ENDNETENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is
+ *	available to close whatever was being used for network queries.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT		/**/
+
+/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is
+ *	available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT		/**/
+
+/* HAS_ENDPWENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
+ *	available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT		/**/
+
+/* HAS_ENDSERVENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is
+ *	available to close whatever was being used for service queries.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT		/**/
+
+/* HAS_ENDSPENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endspent system call is
+ *	available to finalize the scan of SysV shadow password entries.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDSPENT		/**/
+
 /* HAS_FD_SET:
  *	This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef
  *	in <sys/types.h>
  */
 #define HAS_FD_SET	/**/
 
+/* HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct fs_data
+ *	to do statfs() is supported.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA	/**/
+
+/* HAS_FSEEKO:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fseeko routine is
+ *	available to fseek beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts).
+ */
+/*#define HAS_FSEEKO		/**/
+
+/* HAS_FSTATFS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatfs routine is
+ *	available to stat filesystems by file descriptors.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_FSTATFS		/**/
+/* HAS_FTELLO:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ftello routine is
+ *	available to ftell beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts).
+ */
+/*#define HAS_FTELLO		/**/
+
 /* Gconvert:
  *	This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point
  *	number to a string without a trailing decimal point.  This
@@ -1155,1102 +1361,619 @@
  */
 #define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))
 
-/* HAS_GNULIBC:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that 
- *	the GNU C library is being used.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GNULIBC  	/**/
-/* HAS_ISASCII:
- *	This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii 
- *	is available.
+/* HAS_GETGRENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
+ *	available for sequential access of the group database.
  */
-#define HAS_ISASCII		/**/
+/*#define HAS_GETGRENT		/**/
 
-/* HAS_LCHOWN:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is
- *	available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the
- *	link).
+/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is
+ *	available to look up hosts by their IP addresses.
  */
-/*#define HAS_LCHOWN		/**/
+#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR		/**/
 
-/* HAS_OPEN3:
- *	This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three
- *	argument form of open(2) is available.
+/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is
+ *	available to look up host names in some data base or other.
  */
-/*#define HAS_OPEN3		/**/
+#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME		/**/
 
-/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available
- *	to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Otherwise you should
- *	probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your
- *	own version.
+/* HAS_GETHOSTENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is
+ *	available to look up host names in some data base or another.
  */
-/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY	/**/
+/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT		/**/
 
-/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available
- *	to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Otherwise you should
- *	probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your
- *	own version.
+/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
+ *	gethostname() routine to derive the host name.  See also HAS_UNAME
+ *	and PHOSTNAME.
  */
-/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY	/**/
-
-/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available
- *	and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high
- *	bits set.  If it is not defined, roll your own version.
+/* HAS_UNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
+ *	uname() routine to derive the host name.  See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
+ *	and PHOSTNAME.
  */
-#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP	/**/
+/* PHOSTNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the
+ *	popen() routine to derive the host name.  See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
+ *	and HAS_UNAME.	Note that the command uses a fully qualified path,
+ *	so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user
+ *	privileges.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME	/**/
+#define HAS_UNAME		/**/
+#undef HAS_PHOSTNAME
+#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME
+#define PHOSTNAME ""	/* How to get the host name */
+#endif
 
-/* HAS_SIGACTION:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine
- *	is available.
+/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ *	prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and
+ *	gethostbyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
  */
-/*#define HAS_SIGACTION	/**/
+#define	HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS	/**/
 
-/* HAS_SIGSETJMP:
- *	This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp()
- *	routine is available to save the calling process's registers
- *	and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and
- *	to optionally save the process's signal mask.  See
- *	Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp.
+/* HAS_GETMNT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmnt routine is
+ *	available to get filesystem mount info by filename.
  */
-/* Sigjmp_buf:
- *	This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp.
+/*#define HAS_GETMNT		/**/
+
+/* HAS_GETMNTENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmntent routine is
+ *	available to iterate through mounted file systems to get their info.
  */
-/* Sigsetjmp:
- *	This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke
- *	traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available.
- *	See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
+/*#define HAS_GETMNTENT		/**/
+
+/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is
+ *	available to look up networks by their IP addresses.
  */
-/* Siglongjmp:
- *	This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke
- *	traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available.
- *	See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
+/*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR		/**/
+
+/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is
+ *	available to look up networks by their names.
  */
-/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP	/**/
-#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP
-#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf
-#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask))
-#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval))
-#else
-#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf
-#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf))
-#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval))
-#endif
+/*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME		/**/
 
-/* USE_STDIO_PTR:
- *	This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar)
- *	of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer
- *	for a file handle.  If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp)
- *	and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used
- *	to access these fields.
+/* HAS_GETNETENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is
+ *	available to look up network names in some data base or another.
  */
-/* FILE_ptr:
- *	This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the
- *	FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
- *	defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
+/*#define HAS_GETNETENT		/**/
+
+/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ *	prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and
+ *	getnetbyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
  */
-/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE:
- *	This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an
- *	lvalue.
+/*#define	HAS_GETNET_PROTOS	/**/
+
+/* HAS_GETPROTOENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is
+ *	available to look up protocols in some data base or another.
  */
-/* FILE_cnt:
- *	This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the
- *	FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
- *	defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
+/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT		/**/
+
+/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname()
+ *	routine is available to look up protocols by their name.
  */
-/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE:
- *	This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an
- *	lvalue.
+/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber()
+ *	routine is available to look up protocols by their number.
  */
-#define USE_STDIO_PTR 	/**/
-#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR
-#define FILE_ptr(fp)	((fp)->_ptr)
-#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE 		/**/
-#define FILE_cnt(fp)	((fp)->_cnt)
-#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE 		/**/
-#endif
+#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME		/**/
+#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER		/**/
 
-/* USE_STDIO_BASE:
- *	This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the
- *	stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for
- *	a file handle.  If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro
- *	will also be defined and should be used to access this field.
- *	Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used
- *	to determine the number of bytes in the buffer.  USE_STDIO_BASE
- *	will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is.
- */
-/* FILE_base:
- *	This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the
- *	FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
- *	defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
+/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ *	prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and
+ *	getprotobyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
  */
-/* FILE_bufsiz:
- *	This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O
- *	buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE
- *	structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined
- *	if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
+#define	HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS	/**/
+
+/* HAS_GETPWENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is
+ *	available for sequential access of the passwd database.
+ *	If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available.
  */
-#define USE_STDIO_BASE 	/**/
-#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE
-#define FILE_base(fp)	((fp)->_base)
-#define FILE_bufsiz(fp)	((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base)
-#endif
+/*#define HAS_GETPWENT		/**/
 
-/* HAS_VPRINTF:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available
- *	to printf with a pointer to an argument list.  If unavailable, you
- *	may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt().
+/* HAS_GETSERVENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is
+ *	available to look up network services in some data base or another.
  */
-/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF:
- *	This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type
- *	(char*).  The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()".  It
- *	is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the
- *	symbol.
+/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT		/**/
+
+/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ *	prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and
+ *	getservbyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
  */
-#define HAS_VPRINTF	/**/
-/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF 	/**/
+#define	HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS	/**/
 
-/* DOUBLESIZE:
- *	This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor
- *	can make decisions based on it.
+/* HAS_GETSPENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspent system call is
+ *	available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries sequentially.
  */
-#define DOUBLESIZE 8		/**/
+/*#define HAS_GETSPENT		/**/
 
-/* I_TIME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- *	include <time.h>.
+/* HAS_GETSPNAM:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam system call is
+ *	available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries by name.
  */
-/* I_SYS_TIME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- *	include <sys/time.h>.
+/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM		/**/
+
+/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname()
+ *	routine is available to look up services by their name.
  */
-/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- *	include <sys/time.h> with KERNEL defined.
+/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport()
+ *	routine is available to look up services by their port.
  */
-#define I_TIME		/**/
-/*#define I_SYS_TIME		/**/
-/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL		/**/
+#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME		/**/
+#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT		/**/
 
-/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK:
- *	This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on
- *	non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way
- *	back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to
- *	alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the
- *	ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices.
+/* HAS_GNULIBC:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that 
+ *	the GNU C library is being used.
  */
-/* VAL_EAGAIN:
- *	This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was
- *	present on the non-blocking file descriptor.
+/*#define HAS_GNULIBC  	/**/
+/* HAS_HASMNTOPT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the hasmntopt routine is
+ *	available to query the mount options of file systems.
  */
-/* RD_NODATA:
- *	This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present
- *	on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is
- *	not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by
- *	issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure!
+/*#define HAS_HASMNTOPT		/**/
+
+/* HAS_HTONL:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and
+ *	friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
+ *	order byte swapping.
  */
-/* EOF_NONBLOCK:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on
- *	a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value
- *	held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!).
+/* HAS_HTONS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and
+ *	friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
+ *	order byte swapping.
  */
-#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK
-#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN
-#define RD_NODATA -1
-#define EOF_NONBLOCK
+/* HAS_NTOHL:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and
+ *	friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network
+ *	order byte swapping.
+ */
+/* HAS_NTOHS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and
+ *	friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network
+ *	order byte swapping.
+ */
+#define HAS_HTONL		/**/
+#define HAS_HTONS		/**/
+#define HAS_NTOHL		/**/
+#define HAS_NTOHS		/**/
 
-/* PTRSIZE:
- *	This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor
- *	can make decisions based on it.  It will be sizeof(void *) if
- *	the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be
- *	sizeof(char *).
+/* HAS_ISASCII:
+ *	This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii 
+ *	is available.
  */
-#define PTRSIZE 4		/**/
+#define HAS_ISASCII		/**/
 
-/* Drand01:
- *	This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed
- *	random numbers over the range [0., 1.[.  You may have to supply
- *	an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3
- *	doesn't provide you with anything relevant in it's headers.
- *	See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO.
+/* HAS_LCHOWN:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is
+ *	available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the
+ *	link).
  */
-/* Rand_seed_t:
- *	This symbol defines the type of the argument of the
- *	random seed function.
+/*#define HAS_LCHOWN		/**/
+
+/* HAS_LDBL_DIG:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's <float.h>
+ *	or <limits.h> defines the symbol LDBL_DIG, which is the number
+ *	of significant digits in a long double precision number. Unlike
+ *	for DBL_DIG, there's no good guess for LDBL_DIG if it is undefined.
  */
-/* seedDrand01:
- *	This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the
- *	random number generator (see Drand01).
+#define HAS_LDBL_DIG 	/**/
+
+/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE:
+ *	This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long
+ *	doubles.
  */
-/* RANDBITS:
- *	This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the
- *	function used to generate normalized random numbers.
- *	Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48.
+/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE:
+ *	This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the 
+ *	C preprocessor can make decisions based on it.  It is only
+ *	defined if the system supports long doubles.
  */
-#define Drand01()		(rand()/(double)((unsigned)1<<RANDBITS))		/**/
-#define Rand_seed_t		unsigned		/**/
-#define seedDrand01(x)	srand((Rand_seed_t)x)	/**/
-#define RANDBITS		15		/**/
+#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE		/**/
+#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
+#define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 10		/**/
+#endif
 
-/* SSize_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used by functions that return
- *	a count of bytes or an error condition.  It must be a signed type.
- *	It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc.
- *	It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> or <unistd.h>
- *	to get any typedef'ed information.
- *	We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t).
+/* HAS_LONG_LONG:
+ *	This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long.
  */
-#define SSize_t int	 /* signed count of bytes */
-
-/* EBCDIC:
- *     This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses
- *	EBCDIC encoding.
+/* LONGLONGSIZE:
+ *	This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the 
+ *	C preprocessor can make decisions based on it.  It is only
+ *	defined if the system supports long long.
  */
-/*#define	EBCDIC 		/**/
+/*#define HAS_LONG_LONG		/**/
+#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG
+#define LONGLONGSIZE 8		/**/
+#endif
 
-/* ARCHLIB:
- *	This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in
- *	which the user wants to put architecture-dependent public
- *	library files for perl5.  It is most often a local directory
- *	such as /usr/local/lib.  Programs using this variable must be
- *	prepared to deal with filename expansion.  If ARCHLIB is the
- *	same as PRIVLIB, it is not defined, since presumably the
- *	program already searches PRIVLIB.
+/* HAS_MEMCHR:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available
+ *	to locate characters within a C string.
  */
-/* ARCHLIB_EXP:
- *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of ARCHLIB, to be used
- *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+#define HAS_MEMCHR	/**/
+
+/* HAS_MSG:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is
+ *	supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues).
  */
-#define ARCHLIB "c:\\perl\\5.5.640\\lib\\MSWin32-x86"		/**/
-/*#define ARCHLIB_EXP ""	/**/
+/*#define HAS_MSG		/**/
 
-/* BIN:
- *	This symbol holds the path of the bin directory where the package will
- *	be installed. Program must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution.
+/* HAS_OPEN3:
+ *	This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three
+ *	argument form of open(2) is available.
  */
-/* BIN_EXP:
- *	This symbol is the filename expanded version of the BIN symbol, for
- *	programs that do not want to deal with that at run-time.
+/*#define HAS_OPEN3		/**/
+
+/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread
+ *	in joinable (aka undetached) state.  NOTE: not defined
+ *	if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE
+ *	(the new version of the constant).
+ *	If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED
+ *	and __UNDETACHED.
  */
-#define BIN "c:\\perl\\5.5.640\\bin\\MSWin32-x86"	/**/
-#define BIN_EXP "c:\\perl\\5.5.640\\bin\\MSWin32-x86"	/**/
+/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE  /**/
 
-/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed
- * 	also as /usr/bin/perl.
+/* HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_yield 
+ *	routine is available to yield the execution of the current
+ *	thread.	 sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield.
+ */
+/* SCHED_YIELD:
+ *	This symbol defines the way to yield the execution of
+ *	the current thread.  Known ways are sched_yield,
+ *	pthread_yield, and pthread_yield with NULL.
+ */
+/* HAS_SCHED_YIELD:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sched_yield
+ *	routine is available to yield the execution of the current
+ *	thread.	 sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield.
  */
-/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL	/**/
+/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD	/**/
+#define SCHED_YIELD		/**/
+/*#define HAS_SCHED_YIELD	/**/
 
-/* PRIVLIB:
- *	This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
- *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
- *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.  The program
- *	should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
+/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available
+ *	to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Otherwise you should
+ *	probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your
+ *	own version.
  */
-/* PRIVLIB_EXP:
- *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used
- *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY	/**/
+
+/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available
+ *	to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Otherwise you should
+ *	probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your
+ *	own version.
  */
-#define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\5.5.640\\lib"		/**/
-#define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib("5.5.640"))	/**/
+/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY	/**/
 
-/* SITEARCH:
- *	This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
- *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
- *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.  The program
- *	should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
- *	The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
- *	After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
- *	architecture-dependent modules in this directory with
- *		MakeMaker Makefile.PL
- *	or equivalent.  See INSTALL for details.
+/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available
+ *	and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high
+ *	bits set.  If it is not defined, roll your own version.
  */
-/* SITEARCH_EXP:
- *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used
- *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP	/**/
+
+/* HAS_SEM:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is
+ *	supported.
  */
-#define SITEARCH "c:\\perl\\site\\5.5.640\\lib\\MSWin32-x86"		/**/
-/*#define SITEARCH_EXP ""	/**/
+/*#define HAS_SEM		/**/
 
-/* SITELIB:
- *	This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
- *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
- *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.  The program
- *	should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
- *	The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
- *	After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
- *	architecture-independent modules in this directory with
- *		MakeMaker Makefile.PL
- *	or equivalent.  See INSTALL for details.
+/* HAS_SETGRENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is
+ *	available for initializing sequential access of the group database.
  */
-/* SITELIB_EXP:
- *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used
- *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+/*#define HAS_SETGRENT		/**/
+
+/* HAS_SETGROUPS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgroups() routine is
+ *	available to set the list of process groups.  If unavailable, multiple
+ *	groups are probably not supported.
  */
-#define SITELIB "c:\\perl\\site\\5.5.640\\lib"		/**/
-#define SITELIB_EXP (win32_get_sitelib("5.5.640"))	/**/
+/*#define HAS_SETGROUPS		/**/
 
-/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP:
- *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used
- *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+/* HAS_SETHOSTENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is
+ *	available.
  */
-/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP ""		/**/
+/*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT		/**/
 
-/* OSNAME:
- *	This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined
- *	by Configure.  You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
- *	feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
+/* HAS_SETNETENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is
+ *	available.
  */
-#define OSNAME "MSWin32"		/**/
+/*#define HAS_SETNETENT		/**/
 
-/* CAT2:
- *	This macro catenates 2 tokens together.
+/* HAS_SETPROTOENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is
+ *	available.
  */
-/* STRINGIFY:
- *	This macro surrounds its token with double quotes.
+/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT		/**/
+
+/* HAS_SETPWENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is
+ *	available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database.
  */
-#if 42 == 1
-#define CAT2(a,b)a/**/b
-#define STRINGIFY(a)"a"
-		/* If you can get stringification with catify, tell me how! */
-#endif
-#if 42 == 42
-#define CAT2(a,b)a ## b
-#define StGiFy(a)# a
-#define STRINGIFY(a)StGiFy(a)
-#endif
-#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42
-#include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor catenate tokens?"
-#endif
+/*#define HAS_SETPWENT		/**/
 
-/* CPPSTDIN:
- *	This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke
- *	the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
- *	output.	 Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also
- *	call a wrapper. See CPPRUN.
- */
-/* CPPMINUS:
- *	This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke
- *	the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
- *	output.  This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus
- *	to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "".
- */
-/* CPPRUN:
- *	This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on
- *	the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end
- *	with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified.
- *	The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a
- *	pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is
- *	available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from
- *	the preprocessor used to compile the C program.
- */
-/* CPPLAST:
- *	This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner
- *	symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "".
+/* HAS_SETSERVENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is
+ *	available.
  */
-#define CPPSTDIN "cl -nologo -E"
-#define CPPMINUS ""
-#define CPPRUN "cl -nologo -E"
-#define CPPLAST ""
+/*#define HAS_SETSERVENT		/**/
 
-/* HAS_ACCESS:
- *	This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access()
- *	system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID.
- *	(always present on UNIX.)
+/* HAS_SETSPENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setspent system call is
+ *	available to initialize the scan of SysV shadow password entries.
  */
-#define HAS_ACCESS		/**/
+/*#define HAS_SETSPENT		/**/
 
-/* HAS_CSH:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists.
- */
-/* CSH:
- *	This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh.
+/* HAS_SETVBUF:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is
+ *	available to change buffering on an open stdio stream.
+ *	to a line-buffered mode.
  */
-/*#define HAS_CSH		/**/
-#ifdef HAS_CSH
-#define CSH ""	/**/
-#endif
+#define HAS_SETVBUF		/**/
 
-/* HAS_ENDGRENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
- *	available for finalizing sequential access of the group database.
+/* USE_SFIO:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that sfio should
+ *	be used.
  */
-/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT		/**/
+/*#define	USE_SFIO		/**/
 
-/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is
- *	available to close whatever was being used for host queries.
+/* HAS_SHM:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is
+ *	supported.
  */
-/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT		/**/
+/*#define HAS_SHM		/**/
 
-/* HAS_ENDNETENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is
- *	available to close whatever was being used for network queries.
+/* HAS_SIGACTION:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine
+ *	is available.
  */
-/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT		/**/
+/*#define HAS_SIGACTION	/**/
 
-/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is
- *	available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries.
+/* HAS_SIGSETJMP:
+ *	This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp()
+ *	routine is available to save the calling process's registers
+ *	and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and
+ *	to optionally save the process's signal mask.  See
+ *	Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp.
  */
-/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT		/**/
-
-/* HAS_ENDPWENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
- *	available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database.
+/* Sigjmp_buf:
+ *	This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp.
  */
-/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT		/**/
-
-/* HAS_ENDSERVENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is
- *	available to close whatever was being used for service queries.
+/* Sigsetjmp:
+ *	This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke
+ *	traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available.
+ *	See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
  */
-/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT		/**/
-
-/* HAS_GETGRENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
- *	available for sequential access of the group database.
+/* Siglongjmp:
+ *	This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke
+ *	traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available.
+ *	See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
  */
-/*#define HAS_GETGRENT		/**/
+/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP	/**/
+#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP
+#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf
+#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask))
+#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval))
+#else
+#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf
+#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf))
+#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval))
+#endif
 
-/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is
- *	available to look up hosts by their IP addresses.
+/* HAS_SOCKET:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is
+ *	supported.
  */
-#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR		/**/
-
-/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is
- *	available to look up host names in some data base or other.
+/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is
+ *	supported.
  */
-#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME		/**/
-
-/* HAS_GETHOSTENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is
- *	available to look up host names in some data base or another.
+/* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported.
+ *	Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ *	has been known to be an enum.
  */
-/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT		/**/
-
-/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
- *	gethostname() routine to derive the host name.  See also HAS_UNAME
- *	and PHOSTNAME.
+/* HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is supported.
+ *	Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ *	has been known to be an enum.
  */
-/* HAS_UNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
- *	uname() routine to derive the host name.  See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
- *	and PHOSTNAME.
+/* HAS_MSG_OOB:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_OOB is supported.
+ *	Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ *	has been known to be an enum.
  */
-/* PHOSTNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the
- *	popen() routine to derive the host name.  See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
- *	and HAS_UNAME.	Note that the command uses a fully qualified path,
- *	so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user
- *	privileges.
+/* HAS_MSG_PEEK:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PEEK is supported.
+ *	Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ *	has been known to be an enum.
  */
-/* HAS_PHOSTNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
- *	contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine
- *	to derive the host name.
+/* HAS_MSG_PROXY:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PROXY is supported.
+ *	Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ *	has been known to be an enum.
  */
-#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME	/**/
-#define HAS_UNAME		/**/
-#undef HAS_PHOSTNAME
-#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME
-#define PHOSTNAME ""	/* How to get the host name */
-#endif
+/* HAS_SCM_RIGHTS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the SCM_RIGHTS is supported.
+ *	Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
+ *	has been known to be an enum.
+ */
+#define	HAS_SOCKET		/**/
+/*#define	HAS_SOCKETPAIR	/**/
+/*#define	HAS_MSG_CTRUNC	/**/
+/*#define	HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE	/**/
+/*#define	HAS_MSG_OOB	/**/
+/*#define	HAS_MSG_PEEK	/**/
+/*#define	HAS_MSG_PROXY	/**/
+/*#define	HAS_SCM_RIGHTS	/**/
 
-/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is
- *	available to look up networks by their IP addresses.
+/* HAS_SQRTL:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sqrtl routine is
+ *	available to do long double square roots.
  */
-/*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR		/**/
+/*#define HAS_SQRTL		/**/
 
-/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is
- *	available to look up networks by their names.
+/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS:
+ *	This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring
+ *	st_blksize and st_blocks.
  */
-/*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME		/**/
+#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS
+/*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS 	/**/
+#endif
 
-/* HAS_GETNETENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is
- *	available to look up network names in some data base or another.
+/* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs
+ *	does have the f_flags member containing the mount flags of
+ *	the filesystem containing the file.
+ *	This kind of struct statfs is coming from <sys/mount.h> (BSD 4.3),
+ *	not from <sys/statfs.h> (SYSV).  Older BSDs (like Ultrix) do not
+ *	have statfs() and struct statfs, they have ustat() and getmnt()
+ *	with struct ustat and struct fs_data.
  */
-/*#define HAS_GETNETENT		/**/
+/*#define HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS		/**/
 
-/* HAS_GETPROTOENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is
- *	available to look up protocols in some data base or another.
+/* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs
+ *	to do statfs() is supported.
  */
-/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT		/**/
+/*#define HAS_STRUCT_STATFS	/**/
 
-/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname()
- *	routine is available to look up protocols by their name.
+/* HAS_FSTATVFS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatvfs routine is
+ *	available to stat filesystems by file descriptors.
  */
-/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber()
- *	routine is available to look up protocols by their number.
- */
-#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME		/**/
-#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER		/**/
-
-/* HAS_GETPWENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is
- *	available for sequential access of the passwd database.
- *	If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETPWENT		/**/
-
-/* HAS_GETSERVENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is
- *	available to look up network services in some data base or another.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT		/**/
-
-/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname()
- *	routine is available to look up services by their name.
- */
-/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport()
- *	routine is available to look up services by their port.
- */
-#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME		/**/
-#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT		/**/
-
-/* HAS_HTONL:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and
- *	friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
- *	order byte swapping.
- */
-/* HAS_HTONS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and
- *	friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
- *	order byte swapping.
- */
-/* HAS_NTOHL:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and
- *	friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network
- *	order byte swapping.
- */
-/* HAS_NTOHS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and
- *	friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network
- *	order byte swapping.
- */
-#define HAS_HTONL		/**/
-#define HAS_HTONS		/**/
-#define HAS_NTOHL		/**/
-#define HAS_NTOHS		/**/
-
-/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE:
- *	This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long
- *	doubles.
- */
-/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE:
- *	This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the 
- *	C preprocessor can make decisions based on it.  It is only
- *	defined if the system supports long doubles.
- */
-#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE		/**/
-#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
-#define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 10		/**/
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_LONG_LONG:
- *	This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long.
- */
-/* LONGLONGSIZE:
- *	This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the 
- *	C preprocessor can make decisions based on it.  It is only
- *	defined if the system supports long long.
- */
-/*#define HAS_LONG_LONG		/**/
-#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG
-#define LONGLONGSIZE 8		/**/
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_MEMCHR:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available
- *	to locate characters within a C string.
- */
-#define HAS_MEMCHR	/**/
-
-/* HAS_MSG:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is
- *	supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues).
- */
-/*#define HAS_MSG		/**/
-
-/* HAS_SEM:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is
- *	supported.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SEM		/**/
-
-/* HAS_SETGRENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is
- *	available for initializing sequential access of the group database.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETGRENT		/**/
-
-/* HAS_SETGROUPS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgroups() routine is
- *	available to set the list of process groups.  If unavailable, multiple
- *	groups are probably not supported.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETGROUPS		/**/
-
-/* HAS_SETHOSTENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is
- *	available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT		/**/
-
-/* HAS_SETNETENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is
- *	available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETNETENT		/**/
-
-/* HAS_SETPROTOENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is
- *	available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT		/**/
-
-/* HAS_SETPWENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is
- *	available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETPWENT		/**/
-
-/* HAS_SETSERVENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is
- *	available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETSERVENT		/**/
-
-/* HAS_SETVBUF:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is
- *	available to change buffering on an open stdio stream.
- *	to a line-buffered mode.
- */
-#define HAS_SETVBUF		/**/
-
-/* HAS_SHM:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is
- *	supported.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SHM		/**/
-
-/* HAS_SOCKET:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is
- *	supported.
- */
-/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is
- *	supported.
- */
-/* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported.
- *	Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- *	has been known to be an enum.
- */
-/* HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is supported.
- *	Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- *	has been known to be an enum.
- */
-/* HAS_MSG_OOB:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_OOB is supported.
- *	Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- *	has been known to be an enum.
- */
-/* HAS_MSG_PEEK:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PEEK is supported.
- *	Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- *	has been known to be an enum.
- */
-/* HAS_MSG_PROXY:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PROXY is supported.
- *	Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- *	has been known to be an enum.
- */
-/* HAS_SCM_RIGHTS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the SCM_RIGHTS is supported.
- *	Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
- *	has been known to be an enum.
- */
-#define	HAS_SOCKET		/**/
-/*#define	HAS_SOCKETPAIR	/**/
-/*#define	HAS_MSG_CTRUNC	/**/
-/*#define	HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE	/**/
-/*#define	HAS_MSG_OOB	/**/
-/*#define	HAS_MSG_PEEK	/**/
-/*#define	HAS_MSG_PROXY	/**/
-/*#define	HAS_SCM_RIGHTS	/**/
-
-/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS:
- *	This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring
- *	st_blksize and st_blocks.
- */
-#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS
-/*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS 	/**/
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_STRERROR:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is
- *	available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup
- *	of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own.
- */
-/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is
- *	available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int
- *	sys_nerr gives the size of that table.
- */
-/* Strerror:
- *	This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is
- *	not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[]
- *	array is there.
- */
-#define HAS_STRERROR		/**/
-#define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST	/**/
-#define Strerror(e) strerror(e)
-
-/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is
- *	defined by including <sys/sem.h>.  If not, the user code
- *	probably needs to define it as:
- *	union semun {
- *	    int val;
- *	    struct semid_ds *buf;
- *	    unsigned short *array;
- *	}
- */
-/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is
- *	used for semctl IPC_STAT.
- */
-/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is
- *	used for semctl IPC_STAT.
- */
-#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN	/**/
-/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN	/**/
-/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS	/**/
-
-/* HAS_VFORK:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists.
- */
-/*#define HAS_VFORK	/**/
-
-/* Signal_t:
- *	This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the
- *	appropriate return type of a signal handler.  Thus, you can declare
- *	a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the
- *	handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)".
- */
-#define Signal_t void	/* Signal handler's return type */
-
-/* Groups_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used for the second argument to
- *	getgroups() and setgropus().  Usually, this is the same as
- *	gidtype (gid_t) , but sometimes it isn't.
- *	It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... 
- *	It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get any 
- *	typedef'ed information.  This is only required if you have
- *	getgroups() or setgropus()..
- */
-#if defined(HAS_GETGROUPS) || defined(HAS_SETGROUPS)
-#define Groups_t gid_t	/* Type for 2nd arg to [sg]etgroups() */
-#endif
-
-/* I_GRP:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- *	include <grp.h>.
- */
-/* GRPASSWD:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group
- *	in <grp.h> contains gr_passwd.
- */
-/*#define I_GRP		/**/
-/*#define GRPASSWD	/**/
-
-/* I_NETDB:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> exists and
- *	should be included.
- */
-/*#define I_NETDB		/**/
-
-/* I_PWD:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- *	include <pwd.h>.
- */
-/* PWQUOTA:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- *	contains pw_quota.
- */
-/* PWAGE:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- *	contains pw_age.
- */
-/* PWCHANGE:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- *	contains pw_change.
- */
-/* PWCLASS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- *	contains pw_class.
- */
-/* PWEXPIRE:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- *	contains pw_expire.
- */
-/* PWCOMMENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- *	contains pw_comment.
- */
-/* PWGECOS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- *	contains pw_gecos.
- */
-/* PWPASSWD:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
- *	contains pw_passwd.
- */
-/*#define I_PWD		/**/
-/*#define PWQUOTA	/**/
-/*#define PWAGE	/**/
-/*#define PWCHANGE	/**/
-/*#define PWCLASS	/**/
-/*#define PWEXPIRE	/**/
-/*#define PWCOMMENT	/**/
-/*#define PWGECOS	/**/
-/*#define PWPASSWD	/**/
-
-/* I_SYSUIO:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/uio.h> exists and
- *	should be included.
- */
-/*#define	I_SYSUIO		/**/
+/*#define HAS_FSTATVFS		/**/
 
-/* Free_t:
- *	This variable contains the return type of free().  It is usually
- * void, but occasionally int.
- */
-/* Malloc_t:
- *	This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc.
+/* USE_STDIO_PTR:
+ *	This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar)
+ *	of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer
+ *	for a file handle.  If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp)
+ *	and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used
+ *	to access these fields.
  */
-#define Malloc_t void *			/**/
-#define Free_t void			/**/
-
-/* MYMALLOC:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc.
+/* FILE_ptr:
+ *	This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the
+ *	FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
+ *	defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
  */
-/*#define MYMALLOC			/**/
-
-/* SIG_NAME:
- *	This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of
- *	signal number. This is intended
- *	to be used as a static array initialization, like this:
- *		char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME };
- *	The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal
- *	is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal
- *	name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT".
- *	Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn,
- *	etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37).
- *	The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i].
- *	The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL.  This
- *	corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_num list.
+/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE:
+ *	This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an
+ *	lvalue.
  */
-/* SIG_NUM:
- *	This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the
- *	SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in:
- *		int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM };
- *	The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices
- *	within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute
- *	the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small
- *	dynamic linear lookup. 
- *	Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list.
- *	The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i].
- *	if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i.  
- *	The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of
- *	the sig_name list.
+/* FILE_cnt:
+ *	This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the
+ *	FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
+ *	defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
  */
-#define SIG_NAME "ZERO", "NUM01", "INT", "QUIT", "ILL", "NUM05", "NUM06", "NUM07", "FPE", "KILL", "NUM10", "SEGV", "NUM12", "PIPE", "ALRM", "TERM", "NUM16", "NUM17", "NUM18", "NUM19", "CHLD", "BREAK", "ABRT", "STOP", "NUM24", "CONT", "CLD", 0		/**/
-#define SIG_NUM  0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 20, 0		/**/
-
-/* VOIDFLAGS:
- *	This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this
- *	compiler.  What various bits mean:
- *
- *	    1 = supports declaration of void
- *	    2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void
- *	    4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and
- *		    addresses of void functions
- *	    8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers
- *
- *	The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements
- *	of the package.  This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before
- *	including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U.  If the
- *	latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested.  If the
- *	level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int.
+/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE:
+ *	This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an
+ *	lvalue.
  */
-#ifndef VOIDUSED
-#define VOIDUSED 15
-#endif
-#define VOIDFLAGS 15
-#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED
-#define void int		/* is void to be avoided? */
-#define M_VOID			/* Xenix strikes again */
+#define USE_STDIO_PTR 	/**/
+#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR
+#define FILE_ptr(fp)	((fp)->_ptr)
+#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE 		/**/
+#define FILE_cnt(fp)	((fp)->_cnt)
+#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE 		/**/
 #endif
 
-/* HAS_ATOLF:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atolf routine is
- *	available to convert strings into long doubles.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ATOLF		/**/
-
-/* HAS_ATOLL:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atoll routine is
- *	available to convert strings into long longs.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ATOLL		/**/
-
-/* PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl 5.006 should be
- *	binary-compatible with Perl 5.005.  This is impossible for builds
- *	that use features like threads and multiplicity it is always undef
- *	for those versions.
- */
-/*#define PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005			/**/
-
-/* DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that we need to prepend an
- *	underscore to the symbol name before calling dlsym().  This only
- *	makes sense if you *have* dlsym, which we will presume is the
- *	case if you're using dl_dlopen.xs.
- */
-/*#define 	DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE 	/**/
-
-/* HAS_ENDSPENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endspent system call is
- *	available to finalize the scan of SysV shadow password entries.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDSPENT		/**/
-
-/* HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct fs_data
- *	to do statfs() is supported.
- */
-/*#define HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA	/**/
-
-/* HAS_FSEEKO:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fseeko routine is
- *	available to fseek beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts).
- */
-/*#define HAS_FSEEKO		/**/
-
-/* HAS_FSTATFS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatfs routine is
- *	available to stat filesystems by file descriptors.
- */
-/*#define HAS_FSTATFS		/**/
-/* HAS_FTELLO:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ftello routine is
- *	available to ftell beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts).
- */
-/*#define HAS_FTELLO		/**/
-
-/* HAS_GETMNT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmnt routine is
- *	available to get filesystem mount info by filename.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETMNT		/**/
-
-/* HAS_GETMNTENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmntent routine is
- *	available to iterate through mounted file systems to get their info.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETMNTENT		/**/
-
-/* HAS_GETSPENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspent system call is
- *	available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries sequentially.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETSPENT		/**/
-
-/* HAS_GETSPNAM:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam system call is
- *	available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries by name.
+/* USE_STDIO_BASE:
+ *	This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the
+ *	stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for
+ *	a file handle.  If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro
+ *	will also be defined and should be used to access this field.
+ *	Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used
+ *	to determine the number of bytes in the buffer.  USE_STDIO_BASE
+ *	will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is.
  */
-/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM		/**/
-
-/* HAS_HASMNTOPT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the hasmntopt routine is
- *	available to query the mount options of file systems.
+/* FILE_base:
+ *	This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the
+ *	FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
+ *	defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
  */
-/*#define HAS_HASMNTOPT		/**/
-
-/* HAS_INT64_T:
- *     This symbol will defined if the C compiler supports int64_t.
- *     Usually the <inttypes.h> needs to be included, but sometimes
- *	<sys/types.h> is enough.
+/* FILE_bufsiz:
+ *	This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O
+ *	buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE
+ *	structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined
+ *	if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
  */
-/*#define     HAS_INT64_T               /**/
+#define USE_STDIO_BASE 	/**/
+#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE
+#define FILE_base(fp)	((fp)->_base)
+#define FILE_bufsiz(fp)	((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base)
+#endif
 
-/* HAS_LDBL_DIG:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's <float.h>
- *	or <limits.h> defines the symbol LDBL_DIG, which is the number
- *	of significant digits in a long double precision number. Unlike
- *	for DBL_DIG, there's no good guess for LDBL_DIG if it is undefined.
+/* HAS_STRERROR:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is
+ *	available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup
+ *	of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own.
  */
-#define HAS_LDBL_DIG 	/**/
-
-/* HAS_SETSPENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setspent system call is
- *	available to initialize the scan of SysV shadow password entries.
+/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is
+ *	available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int
+ *	sys_nerr gives the size of that table.
  */
-/*#define HAS_SETSPENT		/**/
-
-/* USE_SFIO:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that sfio should
- *	be used.
+/* Strerror:
+ *	This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is
+ *	not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[]
+ *	array is there.
  */
-/*#define	USE_SFIO		/**/
+#define HAS_STRERROR		/**/
+#define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST	/**/
+#define Strerror(e) strerror(e)
 
-/* HAS_SQRTL:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sqrtl routine is
- *	available to do long double square roots.
+/* HAS_STRTOLD:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtold routine is
+ *	available to convert strings to long doubles.
  */
-/*#define HAS_SQRTL		/**/
+/*#define HAS_STRTOLD		/**/
 
-/* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs
- *	does have the f_flags member containing the mount flags of
- *	the filesystem containing the file.
- *	This kind of struct statfs is coming from <sys/mount.h> (BSD 4.3),
- *	not from <sys/statfs.h> (SYSV).  Older BSDs (like Ultrix) do not
- *	have statfs() and struct statfs, they have ustat() and getmnt()
- *	with struct ustat and struct fs_data.
+/* HAS_STRTOLL:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoll routine is
+ *	available to convert strings to long longs.
  */
-/*#define HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS		/**/
+/*#define HAS_STRTOLL		/**/
 
-/* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs
- *	to do statfs() is supported.
+/* HAS_STRTOULL:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoull routine is
+ *	available to convert strings to unsigned long longs.
  */
-/*#define HAS_STRUCT_STATFS	/**/
+/*#define HAS_STRTOULL		/**/
 
-/* HAS_FSTATVFS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatvfs routine is
- *	available to stat filesystems by file descriptors.
+/* HAS_STRTOUQ:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtouq routine is
+ *	available to convert strings to unsigned long longs (quads).
  */
-/*#define HAS_FSTATVFS		/**/
+/*#define HAS_STRTOUQ		/**/
 
 /* HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
@@ -2260,18 +1983,93 @@
  */
 #define	HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO	/**/
 
+/* Time_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long,
+ *	or time_t on BSD sites (in which case <sys/types.h> should be
+ *	included).
+ */
+#define Time_t time_t		/* Time type */
+
+/* HAS_TIMES:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists.
+ *	Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now
+ * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include <sys/times.h>.
+ */
+#define HAS_TIMES		/**/
+
+/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is
+ *	defined by including <sys/sem.h>.  If not, the user code
+ *	probably needs to define it as:
+ *	union semun {
+ *	    int val;
+ *	    struct semid_ds *buf;
+ *	    unsigned short *array;
+ *	}
+ */
+/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is
+ *	used for semctl IPC_STAT.
+ */
+/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is
+ *	used for semctl IPC_STAT.
+ */
+#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN	/**/
+/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN	/**/
+/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS	/**/
+
 /* HAS_USTAT:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ustat system call is
  *	available to query file system statistics by dev_t.
  */
 /*#define HAS_USTAT		/**/
 
+/* HAS_VFORK:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_VFORK	/**/
+
+/* Signal_t:
+ *	This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the
+ *	appropriate return type of a signal handler.  Thus, you can declare
+ *	a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the
+ *	handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)".
+ */
+#define Signal_t void	/* Signal handler's return type */
+
+/* HAS_VPRINTF:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available
+ *	to printf with a pointer to an argument list.  If unavailable, you
+ *	may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt().
+ */
+/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF:
+ *	This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type
+ *	(char*).  The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()".  It
+ *	is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the
+ *	symbol.
+ */
+#define HAS_VPRINTF	/**/
+/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF 	/**/
+
 /* USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that dynamic loading of
  *	some sort is available.
  */
 #define USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING		/**/
 
+/* DOUBLESIZE:
+ *	This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor
+ *	can make decisions based on it.
+ */
+#define DOUBLESIZE 8		/**/
+
+/* EBCDIC:
+ *     This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses
+ *	EBCDIC encoding.
+ */
+/*#define	EBCDIC 		/**/
+
 /* FFLUSH_NULL:
  *	This symbol, if defined, tells that fflush(NULL) does flush
  *	all pending stdio output.
@@ -2286,6 +2084,45 @@
 #define	FFLUSH_NULL 		/**/
 /*#define	FFLUSH_ALL 		/**/
 
+/* Fpos_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc.
+ *	It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Fpos_t fpos_t		/* File position type */
+
+/* Gid_t_f:
+ *	This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t.
+ */
+#define	Gid_t_f		"ld"		/**/
+
+/* Gid_t_size:
+ *	This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes.
+ */
+#define Gid_t_size 4		/* GID size */
+
+/* Gid_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of
+ *	argument to setrgid() and related functions.  Typically,
+ *	it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort,
+ *	uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get
+ *	any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Gid_t gid_t		/* Type for getgid(), etc... */
+
+/* Groups_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used for the second argument to
+ *	getgroups() and setgropus().  Usually, this is the same as
+ *	gidtype (gid_t) , but sometimes it isn't.
+ *	It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... 
+ *	It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get any 
+ *	typedef'ed information.  This is only required if you have
+ *	getgroups() or setgropus()..
+ */
+#if defined(HAS_GETGROUPS) || defined(HAS_SETGROUPS)
+#define Groups_t gid_t	/* Type for 2nd arg to [sg]etgroups() */
+#endif
+
 /* DB_Prefix_t:
  *	This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element
  *	in the <db.h> header file.  In older versions of DB, it was
@@ -2299,18 +2136,41 @@
 #define DB_Hash_t	int		/**/
 #define DB_Prefix_t	int  	/**/
 
+/* I_GRP:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ *	include <grp.h>.
+ */
+/* GRPASSWD:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group
+ *	in <grp.h> contains gr_passwd.
+ */
+/*#define I_GRP		/**/
+/*#define GRPASSWD	/**/
+
 /* I_INTTYPES:
  *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
  *     include <inttypes.h>.
  */
 /*#define   I_INTTYPES                /**/
 
+/* I_MACH_CTHREADS:
+ *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ *     include <mach/cthreads.h>.
+ */
+/*#define   I_MACH_CTHREADS	/**/
+
 /* I_MNTENT:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <mntent.h> exists and
  *	should be included.
  */
 /*#define	I_MNTENT		/**/
 
+/* I_NETDB:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> exists and
+ *	should be included.
+ */
+/*#define I_NETDB		/**/
+
 /* I_NETINET_TCP:
  *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
  *     include <netinet/tcp.h>.
@@ -2323,6 +2183,58 @@
  */
 /*#define	I_POLL		/**/
 
+/* I_PTHREAD:
+ *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ *     include <pthread.h>.
+ */
+/*#define   I_PTHREAD	/**/
+
+/* I_PWD:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ *	include <pwd.h>.
+ */
+/* PWQUOTA:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ *	contains pw_quota.
+ */
+/* PWAGE:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ *	contains pw_age.
+ */
+/* PWCHANGE:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ *	contains pw_change.
+ */
+/* PWCLASS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ *	contains pw_class.
+ */
+/* PWEXPIRE:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ *	contains pw_expire.
+ */
+/* PWCOMMENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ *	contains pw_comment.
+ */
+/* PWGECOS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ *	contains pw_gecos.
+ */
+/* PWPASSWD:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
+ *	contains pw_passwd.
+ */
+/*#define I_PWD		/**/
+/*#define PWQUOTA	/**/
+/*#define PWAGE	/**/
+/*#define PWCHANGE	/**/
+/*#define PWCLASS	/**/
+/*#define PWEXPIRE	/**/
+/*#define PWCOMMENT	/**/
+/*#define PWGECOS	/**/
+/*#define PWPASSWD	/**/
+
 /* I_SHADOW:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <shadow.h> exists and
  *	should be included.
@@ -2352,18 +2264,49 @@
  */
 /*#define	I_SYS_STATVFS		/**/
 
+/* I_SYSUIO:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/uio.h> exists and
+ *	should be included.
+ */
+/*#define	I_SYSUIO		/**/
+
 /* I_SYS_VFS:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/vfs.h> exists and
  *	should be included.
  */
 /*#define	I_SYS_VFS		/**/
 
+/* I_TIME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ *	include <time.h>.
+ */
+/* I_SYS_TIME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ *	include <sys/time.h>.
+ */
+/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ *	include <sys/time.h> with KERNEL defined.
+ */
+#define I_TIME		/**/
+/*#define I_SYS_TIME		/**/
+/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL		/**/
+
 /* I_USTAT:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ustat.h> exists and
  *	should be included.
  */
 /*#define	I_USTAT		/**/
 
+/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST:
+ *	This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over
+ *	which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically
+ *	search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable
+ *	for a C initialization string.  See the inc_version_list entry
+ *	in Porting/Glossary for more details.
+ */
+#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 		/**/
+
 /* HAS_OFF64_T:
  *	This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports off64_t.
  */
@@ -2384,6 +2327,92 @@
 /*#define PERL_PRIfldbl	"f"	/**/
 /*#define PERL_PRIgldbl	"g"	/**/
 
+/* Off_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel.
+ *	It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+/* LSEEKSIZE:
+ *	This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
+ */
+/* Off_t_size:
+ *	This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
+ */
+#define Off_t off_t		/* <offset> type */
+#define LSEEKSIZE 4		/* <offset> size */
+#define Off_t_size 4	/* <offset> size */
+
+/* Free_t:
+ *	This variable contains the return type of free().  It is usually
+ * void, but occasionally int.
+ */
+/* Malloc_t:
+ *	This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc.
+ */
+#define Malloc_t void *			/**/
+#define Free_t void			/**/
+
+/* MYMALLOC:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc.
+ */
+/*#define MYMALLOC			/**/
+
+/* Mode_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes 
+ *	for systems calls.  It is usually mode_t, but may be
+ *	int or unsigned short.  It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h>
+ *	to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Mode_t mode_t	 /* file mode parameter for system calls */
+
+/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK:
+ *	This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on
+ *	non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way
+ *	back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to
+ *	alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the
+ *	ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices.
+ */
+/* VAL_EAGAIN:
+ *	This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was
+ *	present on the non-blocking file descriptor.
+ */
+/* RD_NODATA:
+ *	This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present
+ *	on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is
+ *	not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by
+ *	issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure!
+ */
+/* EOF_NONBLOCK:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on
+ *	a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value
+ *	held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!).
+ */
+#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK
+#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN
+#define RD_NODATA -1
+#define EOF_NONBLOCK
+
+/* Netdb_host_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument
+ *	to gethostbyaddr().
+ */
+/* Netdb_hlen_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument
+ *	to gethostbyaddr().
+ */
+/* Netdb_name_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used for the argument to
+ *	gethostbyname().
+ */
+/* Netdb_net_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to
+ *	getnetbyaddr().
+ */
+#define Netdb_host_t		char * /**/
+#define Netdb_hlen_t		int /**/
+#define Netdb_name_t		char * /**/
+#define Netdb_net_t		long /**/
+
 /* IVTYPE:
  *	This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's IV.
  */
@@ -2494,6 +2523,59 @@
 #define	UVof		"lo"		/**/
 #define	UVxf		"lx"		/**/
 
+/* Pid_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel.
+ *	It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Pid_t int		/* PID type */
+
+/* PRIVLIB:
+ *	This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
+ *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
+ *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.  The program
+ *	should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
+ */
+/* PRIVLIB_EXP:
+ *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used
+ *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+#define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\5.5.640\\lib"		/**/
+#define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib("5.5.640"))	/**/
+
+/* PTRSIZE:
+ *	This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor
+ *	can make decisions based on it.  It will be sizeof(void *) if
+ *	the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be
+ *	sizeof(char *).
+ */
+#define PTRSIZE 4		/**/
+
+/* Drand01:
+ *	This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed
+ *	random numbers over the range [0., 1.[.  You may have to supply
+ *	an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3
+ *	doesn't provide you with anything relevant in it's headers.
+ *	See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO.
+ */
+/* Rand_seed_t:
+ *	This symbol defines the type of the argument of the
+ *	random seed function.
+ */
+/* seedDrand01:
+ *	This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the
+ *	random number generator (see Drand01).
+ */
+/* RANDBITS:
+ *	This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the
+ *	function used to generate normalized random numbers.
+ *	Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48.
+ */
+#define Drand01()		(rand()/(double)((unsigned)1<<RANDBITS))		/**/
+#define Rand_seed_t		unsigned		/**/
+#define seedDrand01(x)	srand((Rand_seed_t)x)	/**/
+#define RANDBITS		15		/**/
+
 /* SELECT_MIN_BITS:
  *	This symbol holds the minimum number of bits operated by select.
  *	That is, if you do select(n, ...), how many bits at least will be
@@ -2501,7 +2583,100 @@
  *	is either n or 32*ceil(n/32), especially many little-endians do
  *	the latter.  This is only useful if you have select(), naturally.
  */
-#define SELECT_MIN_BITS 	32	/**/
+#define SELECT_MIN_BITS 	32	/**/
+
+/* Select_fd_set_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th
+ *	arguments to select.  Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET
+ *	is defined, and 'int *' otherwise.  This is only useful if you 
+ *	have select(), of course.
+ */
+#define Select_fd_set_t 	Perl_fd_set *	/**/
+
+/* SIG_NAME:
+ *	This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of
+ *	signal number. This is intended
+ *	to be used as a static array initialization, like this:
+ *		char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME };
+ *	The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal
+ *	is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal
+ *	name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT".
+ *	Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn,
+ *	etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37).
+ *	The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i].
+ *	The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL.  This
+ *	corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_num list.
+ */
+/* SIG_NUM:
+ *	This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the
+ *	SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in:
+ *		int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM };
+ *	The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices
+ *	within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute
+ *	the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small
+ *	dynamic linear lookup. 
+ *	Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list.
+ *	The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i].
+ *	if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i.  
+ *	The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of
+ *	the sig_name list.
+ */
+#define SIG_NAME "ZERO", "NUM01", "INT", "QUIT", "ILL", "NUM05", "NUM06", "NUM07", "FPE", "KILL", "NUM10", "SEGV", "NUM12", "PIPE", "ALRM", "TERM", "NUM16", "NUM17", "NUM18", "NUM19", "CHLD", "BREAK", "ABRT", "STOP", "NUM24", "CONT", "CLD", 0		/**/
+#define SIG_NUM  0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 20, 0		/**/
+
+/* SITEARCH:
+ *	This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
+ *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
+ *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.  The program
+ *	should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
+ *	The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
+ *	After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
+ *	architecture-dependent modules in this directory with
+ *		MakeMaker Makefile.PL
+ *	or equivalent.  See INSTALL for details.
+ */
+/* SITEARCH_EXP:
+ *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used
+ *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+#define SITEARCH "c:\\perl\\site\\5.5.640\\lib\\MSWin32-x86"		/**/
+/*#define SITEARCH_EXP ""	/**/
+
+/* SITELIB:
+ *	This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
+ *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
+ *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.  The program
+ *	should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
+ *	The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
+ *	After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
+ *	architecture-independent modules in this directory with
+ *		MakeMaker Makefile.PL
+ *	or equivalent.  See INSTALL for details.
+ */
+/* SITELIB_EXP:
+ *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used
+ *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+#define SITELIB "c:\\perl\\site\\5.5.640\\lib"		/**/
+#define SITELIB_EXP (win32_get_sitelib("5.5.640"))	/**/
+
+/* Size_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters
+ *	for string functions.  It is usually size_t, but may be
+ *	unsigned long, int, etc.  It may be necessary to include
+ *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Size_t size_t	 /* length paramater for string functions */
+
+/* SSize_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used by functions that return
+ *	a count of bytes or an error condition.  It must be a signed type.
+ *	It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc.
+ *	It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> or <unistd.h>
+ *	to get any typedef'ed information.
+ *	We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t).
+ */
+#define SSize_t int	 /* signed count of bytes */
 
 /* STARTPERL:
  *	This variable contains the string to put in front of a perl
@@ -2521,11 +2696,22 @@
 /*#define	HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY	/**/
 #define STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY	
 
-/* HAS_STRTOULL:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoull routine is
- *	available to convert strings into unsigned long longs.
+/* Uid_t_f:
+ *	This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t.
  */
-/*#define HAS_STRTOULL		/**/
+#define	Uid_t_f		"ld"		/**/
+
+/* Uid_t_size:
+ *	This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes.
+ */
+#define Uid_t_size 4		/* UID size */
+
+/* Uid_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel.
+ *	It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Uid_t uid_t		/* UID type */
 
 /* USE_64_BITS:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit integers should
@@ -2590,124 +2776,6 @@
 /*#define	USE_SOCKS		/**/
 #endif
 
-/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- *	a prototype for the drand48() function.  Otherwise, it is up
- *	to the program to supply one.  A good guess is
- *		extern double drand48 _((void));
- */
-/*#define	HAS_DRAND48_PROTO	/**/
-
-/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- *	prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and
- *	gethostbyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-#define	HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS	/**/
-
-/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- *	prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and
- *	getnetbyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-/*#define	HAS_GETNET_PROTOS	/**/
-
-/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- *	prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and
- *	getprotobyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-#define	HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS	/**/
-
-/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- *	prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and
- *	getservbyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-#define	HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS	/**/
-
-/* Netdb_host_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument
- *	to gethostbyaddr().
- */
-/* Netdb_hlen_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument
- *	to gethostbyaddr().
- */
-/* Netdb_name_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used for the argument to
- *	gethostbyname().
- */
-/* Netdb_net_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to
- *	getnetbyaddr().
- */
-#define Netdb_host_t		char * /**/
-#define Netdb_hlen_t		int /**/
-#define Netdb_name_t		char * /**/
-#define Netdb_net_t		long /**/
-
-/* Select_fd_set_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th
- *	arguments to select.  Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET
- *	is defined, and 'int *' otherwise.  This is only useful if you 
- *	have select(), of course.
- */
-#define Select_fd_set_t 	Perl_fd_set *	/**/
-
-/* ARCHNAME:
- *	This symbol holds a string representing the architecture name.
- *	It may be used to construct an architecture-dependant pathname
- *	where library files may be held under a private library, for
- *	instance.
- */
-#define ARCHNAME "MSWin32-x86"		/**/
-
-/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread
- *	in joinable (aka undetached) state.  NOTE: not defined
- *	if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE
- *	(the new version of the constant).
- *	If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED
- *	and __UNDETACHED.
- */
-/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE  /**/
-
-/* HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_yield 
- *	routine is available to yield the execution of the current
- *	thread.	 sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield.
- */
-/* SCHED_YIELD:
- *	This symbol defines the way to yield the execution of
- *	the current thread.  Known ways are sched_yield,
- *	pthread_yield, and pthread_yield with NULL.
- */
-/* HAS_SCHED_YIELD:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sched_yield
- *	routine is available to yield the execution of the current
- *	thread.	 sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield.
- */
-/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD	/**/
-#define SCHED_YIELD		/**/
-/*#define HAS_SCHED_YIELD	/**/
-
-/* I_MACH_CTHREADS:
- *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- *     include <mach/cthreads.h>.
- */
-/*#define   I_MACH_CTHREADS	/**/
-
-/* I_PTHREAD:
- *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- *     include <pthread.h>.
- */
-/*#define   I_PTHREAD	/**/
-
 /* USE_ITHREADS:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to
  *	use the interpreter-based threading implementation.
@@ -2727,99 +2795,35 @@
 #endif
 /*#define	OLD_PTHREADS_API		/**/
 
-/* Time_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long,
- *	or time_t on BSD sites (in which case <sys/types.h> should be
- *	included).
- */
-#define Time_t time_t		/* Time type */
-
-/* HAS_TIMES:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists.
- *	Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now
- * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include <sys/times.h>.
- */
-#define HAS_TIMES		/**/
-
-/* Fpos_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc.
- *	It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include
- *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Fpos_t fpos_t		/* File position type */
-
-/* Gid_t_f:
- *	This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t.
- */
-#define	Gid_t_f		"ld"		/**/
-
-/* Gid_t_size:
- *	This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes.
- */
-#define Gid_t_size 4		/* GID size */
-
-/* Gid_t:
- *	This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of
- *	argument to setrgid() and related functions.  Typically,
- *	it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort,
- *	uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get
- *	any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Gid_t gid_t		/* Type for getgid(), etc... */
-
-/* Off_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel.
- *	It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
- *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-/* LSEEKSIZE:
- *	This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
- */
-/* Off_t_size:
- *	This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
- */
-#define Off_t off_t		/* <offset> type */
-#define LSEEKSIZE 4		/* <offset> size */
-#define Off_t_size 4	/* <offset> size */
-
-/* Mode_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes 
- *	for systems calls.  It is usually mode_t, but may be
- *	int or unsigned short.  It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h>
- *	to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Mode_t mode_t	 /* file mode parameter for system calls */
-
-/* Pid_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel.
- *	It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
- *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Pid_t int		/* PID type */
-
-/* Size_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters
- *	for string functions.  It is usually size_t, but may be
- *	unsigned long, int, etc.  It may be necessary to include
- *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Size_t size_t	 /* length paramater for string functions */
-
-/* Uid_t_f:
- *	This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t.
- */
-#define	Uid_t_f		"ld"		/**/
-
-/* Uid_t_size:
- *	This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes.
+/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP:
+ *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used
+ *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
  */
-#define Uid_t_size 4		/* UID size */
+/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP ""		/**/
 
-/* Uid_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel.
- *	It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
- *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+/* VOIDFLAGS:
+ *	This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this
+ *	compiler.  What various bits mean:
+ *
+ *	    1 = supports declaration of void
+ *	    2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void
+ *	    4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and
+ *		    addresses of void functions
+ *	    8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers
+ *
+ *	The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements
+ *	of the package.  This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before
+ *	including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U.  If the
+ *	latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested.  If the
+ *	level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int.
  */
-#define Uid_t uid_t		/* UID type */
+#ifndef VOIDUSED
+#define VOIDUSED 15
+#endif
+#define VOIDFLAGS 15
+#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED
+#define void int		/* is void to be avoided? */
+#define M_VOID			/* Xenix strikes again */
+#endif
 
 #endif